Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

aṭṭha, 1794 találat.

attha →

bodhirasa

meaning, significance

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃ'y'eva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī'ti.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

āyām'āvuso, yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkamissāma. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etam'atthaṃ ārocessāma. yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā'ti.

attha →

bodhirasa

benefit, profit, good, welfare, goal

AN 4.25 brahmacariyasuttaṃ

na'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussati janakuhan-atthaṃ, na janalapan'atthaṃ, na lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃs'atthaṃ, na itivādappamokkhānisaṃs'atthaṃ, na iti maṃ jano jānātū'ti

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā, etesu ugghāti nighāti hoti, etam'pi disvā virame kathojjaṃ, na h'añña'd'atth'atthi pasaṃsalābhā.

attha →

bodhirasa

purpose, use, function

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo, āturānañ'hi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppataṃ.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, kimatthiyo ādāso'ti? paccavekkhaṇ'attho, bhante'ti.

attha →

bodhirasa

matter, affair, legal case, lawsuit

DHP 256 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yen'atthaṃ sāhasā naye, yo ca atthaṃ anatthañ'ca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī'ti.

attha →

bodhirasa

need, want

DHP 331 nāgavaggo

atthamhi jātamhi sukhā sahāyā, tuṭṭhī sukhā yā itarītarena, puññaṃ sukhaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaṃ pahānaṃ.

attha →

bodhirasa

home, rest, shelter

DHP 226 kodhavaggo

sadā jāgaramānānaṃ, ahoratt'ānusikkhinaṃ, nibbānaṃ adhimuttānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

accī yathā vātavegena khittā, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ, evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ.

attha →

bodhirasa

needing, wanting

DHP 337 taṇhāvaggo

taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddaṃ vo, yāvant'ettha samāgatā, taṇhāya mūlaṃ khaṇatha, usīr'attho'va bīraṇaṃ, mā vo naḷaṃ'va soto'va, māro bhañji punappunaṃ.

aṭṭha →

bodhirasa

eight (8)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. katame aṭṭha?

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantī'ti.

aṭṭha →

bodhirasa

goal

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

tatra bhikkhu viveka-ninnena cittena viveka-poṇena viveka-pabbhārena vivek'aṭṭhena nekkhamma-abhiratena aññadatthu uyyojanika-paṭisaṃyuttaṃ-y'eva kathaṃ kattā hoti

attha →

ncped

attha1

m rarely neuter

  1. aim, purpose, goal; advantage, profit, benefit.
  2. use, need, want (+ instr.).
    1. affair, concern, business; problem; thing, matter; (with verbs of saying, a …

aṭṭha →

ncped

num. eight.

attha →

pts

…attha is always spelt aṭṭha in compounds aṭṭh-uppatti and aṭṭha-kathā (see below). On term see also…

aṭṭha →

pts

…ekekāya pantiyā aṭṭha aṭṭha padāni assā ti), cp. dasapada DN.i.6. 2 eightfold, folded or plaited in eight, cross-plaited (of…

abbhattha →

bodhirasa

homeward, towards home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

abbhatthaṃ gacchati →

bodhirasa

disappears, lit. goes home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

abhimatthati →

bodhirasa

crushes, smashes, demolishes

DHP 161 attavaggo

attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ, abhimatthati dummedhaṃ, vajiraṃ'v'asmamayaṃ maṇiṃ.

SN 4.25 māradhītusuttaṃ

bālā kumudanāḷehi, pabbataṃ abhimatthatha, giriṃ nakhena khanatha, ayo dantehi khādatha.

abhipatthayati →

bodhirasa

longs (for), hopes (for), craves (for), aspires (for)

TH 251 raṭṭhapāla theragāthā

passāmi loke sadhane manusse, laddhāna vittaṃ na dadanti mohā, luddhā dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ karonti, bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti.

abhivaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

rained on

DHP 335 taṇhāvaggo

yaṃ esā sahate jammī, taṇhā loke visattikā, sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti, abhivaṭṭhaṃ'va bīraṇaṃ.

abhiññattha →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of direct knowledge, for the sake of higher understanding

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

paññā pan'āvuso, kim'atthiyā'ti? paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññ'atthā pariññ'atthā pahān'atthā'ti.

ahuvattha →

bodhirasa

you all were

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni, etāni suññāgārāni. jhāyatha, bhikkhu, mā pamād'attha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī'ti.

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mā anubyañjanaggāhino.

akatthamāna →

bodhirasa

not boasting (about)

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

santo ca bhikkhu abhinibbut'atto, iti'han'ti sīlesu akatthamāno, tam'ariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti, yass'ussadā n'atthi kuhiñci loke.

alattha →

bodhirasa

one got, one obtained

MN 82 raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo sakapitu nivesane n'eva dānaṃ alattha na paccakkhānaṃ, aññadatthu akkosam'eva alattha

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

alattha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.

alattha →

bodhirasa

you got (to)

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

alattha no ajja bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyā'ti?

alatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

I got, I obtained

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

alatthaṃ yad'idaṃ sādhu, n'ālatthaṃ kusalaṃ iti. ubhayen'eva so tādī, rukkhaṃ'v'upanivattati.

allavattha →

bodhirasa

wet clothes

APA 8 upāli therāpadānaṃ

allavatthā allasirā, sabb'eva pañjalīkatā, buddhassa pāde nipatitvā, idaṃ vacanam'abravuṃ.

anattha →

bodhirasa

harm, damage, injury, hurt

DHP 72 bālavaggo

yāva'd'eva anatthāya, ñattaṃ bālassa jāyati, hanti bālassa sukk'aṃsaṃ, muddham'assa vipātayaṃ.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. taṃ kissa hetu? akkoseyya'pi maṃ paribhāseyya'pi maṃ anattham'pi maṃ kareyyā'ti.

anatthapada →

bodhirasa

unbeneficial saying, unprofitable verse

DHP 100 sahassavaggo

sahassam'api ce vācā, anatthapada-saṃhitā, ekaṃ atthapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.

anatthasaṃhita →

bodhirasa

unprofitable, meaningless, unbeneficial, lit. not connected with good

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro'ti, ime pañca dhammā ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbā

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

na kāmasukham'anuyuñjeyya hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na ca attakilamath'ānuyogam'anuyuñjeyya dukkhaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.

anatthavādī →

bodhirasa

who speaks what is unbeneficial

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

evarūpo c'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo vuccati akālavādī'ti'pi, abhūtavādī'ti'pi, anatthavādī'ti'pi, adhammavādī'ti'pi, avinayavādī'ti'pi.

antaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

semi-vowel, lit. standing between (vowels and consonants)

apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī →

bodhirasa

who does not remain obsessed, who is not stuck in the preconceived idea of, lit. not obsessed staying

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

ahaṃ rūpaṃ, mama rūpan'ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti. tassa, ahaṃ rūpaṃ, mama rūpan'ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.

aparāmaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

irreproachable, untouchable, untarnished

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni.

apatanatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of not falling

JAa 80 bhīmasena jātakavaṇṇanā

bodhisatto, idān'esa hatthipiṭṭhito patitvā marissatī'ti hatthikkhandhato apatanatthaṃ bhīmasenaṃ yottena parikkhipitvā gaṇhi

apattha →

bodhirasa

thrown away, discarded

DHP 149 jarāvaggo

yān'imāni apatthāni, alābūn'eva sārade, kāpotakāni aṭṭhīni, tāni disvāna kā rati.

apatthayāna →

bodhirasa

not wishing (for), not aspiring (for), not craving (for), not hoping (for)

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, kammañ'ca sāvajj'anavajjam'etaṃ, suddhiṃ asuddhin'ti apatthayāno, virato care santim'anuggahāya.

appasattha →

bodhirasa

with small caravan, with few companions

DHP 123 pāpavaggo

vāṇijo'va bhayaṃ maggaṃ, appasattho mahaddhano, visaṃ jīvitu'kāmo'va, pāpāni parivajjaye.

ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga →

bodhirasa

Buddha’s eight-part path

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañc'indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

attadattha →

bodhirasa

one’s own welfare, personal benefit, personal profit

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, attad'attham'abhiññāya, sadatthapasuto siyā.

attattha →

bodhirasa

one’s own welfare, personal benefit, personal profit

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

att'attham'pi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, par'attham'pi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati, ubhay'attham'pi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ na jānāti na passati

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

att'atthaṃ vā ñassati par'atthaṃ vā ñassati ubhay'atthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatī'ti n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

atthadassī →

bodhirasa

who sees the goal, sees the truth

TH 4 puṇṇa theragāthā

sabbhi'r'eva samāsetha, paṇḍiteh-atthadassibhi, atthaṃ mahantaṃ gambhīraṃ, duddasaṃ nipuṇaṃ aṇuṃ, dhīrā samadhigacchanti, appamattā vicakkhaṇā'ti.

atthagama →

bodhirasa

settling down, subsiding, disappearance, vanishing, lit. going home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthagamo, iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthagamo, iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthagamo'ti

atthakāma →

bodhirasa

well-wishing, beneficial, lit. desiring benefit

DHPa 1.1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

atthakāmo'si me yakkha, hitakāmo'si devate, karomi tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ, tvaṃ'si ācariyo mama.

atthamaññātuṃ →

bodhirasa

to learn the meaning (of), to understand the meaning (of)

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

dūrato'pi kho mayaṃ āvuso āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

dūrato'pi kho mayaṃ, bhante, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ.

atthamaññāya →

bodhirasa

understanding the meaning, comprehending the significance

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañ'ca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañ'ca dhammānaṃ atth'ūpaparikkhī hoti attham'aññāya dhammam'aññāya, dhamm'ānudhammappaṭipanno hoti.

atthapada →

bodhirasa

beneficial saying, profitable verse

DHP 100 sahassavaggo

sahassam'api ce vācā, anatthapadasaṃhitā, ekaṃ atthapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.

AN 6.46 mahācundasuttaṃ

acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ ye gambhīraṃ atthapadaṃ paññāya ativijjha passantī'ti

atthapaṭisambhidā →

bodhirasa

analytical understanding of meaning

AN 5.95 akuppasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthapaṭisambhidā-patto hoti, dhammapaṭisambhidā-patto hoti, niruttipaṭisambhidā-patto hoti, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā-patto hoti, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati.

attharaṇa →

bodhirasa

spread, cover, sheet

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

atthasañhita →

bodhirasa

profitable, meaningful, beneficial, lit. connected with good

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

yaṃ samaṇo bahuṃ bhāsati, upetaṃ atthasañhitaṃ, jānaṃ so dhammaṃ deseti, jānaṃ so bahu bhāsati.

atthasaṃhita →

bodhirasa

profitable, meaningful, beneficial, lit. connected with good

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yañ'ca kho jaññā rahovādaṃ bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ tatra kālaññū assa tassa rahovādassa vacanāya.

atthassa viññāpanāya →

bodhirasa

to convey a meaning, to make a point, lit. for the communication of a meaning

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

upamā kho my'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. ayaṃ c'ev'ettha attho, samatittiko telapatto'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya etaṃ satiyā adhivacanaṃ.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

upamā kho me ayaṃ, sunakkhatta, katā atthassa viññāpanāya.

atthata →

bodhirasa

spread with

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonaka-atthato paṭika-atthato paṭalika-atthato kadalimiga-pavara-paccattharaṇo sa-uttaracchado ubhato-lohitaku-upadhāno

atthavasa →

bodhirasa

use, reason, benefit, advantage

DHP 289 maggavaggo

etam'atthavasaṃ ñatvā, paṇḍito sīlasaṃvuto, nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ, khippam'eva visodhaye.

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca, byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto'ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā?

atthavasika →

bodhirasa

sensible, rational, lit. intent on benefit

SN 56.35 sattisatasuttaṃ

atthavasikena, bhikkhave, kulaputtena alaṃ upagantuṃ. taṃ kissa hetu?

atthaveda →

bodhirasa

inspiration from the meaning

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

yathodhi kho pan'assa cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhī'ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhamm'ūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ.

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhamm'ūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ.

atthavādī →

bodhirasa

who speaks what is beneficial

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

atthaṃ anubhoti →

bodhirasa

achieve one’s purpose, attain one’s goal, lit. experience the benefit

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati, yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya, tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhoti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yassa c'atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhonti. tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.

atthaṃ carati →

bodhirasa

act for the benefit (of), work for the welfare (of)

JAa 50 dummedha jātakavaṇṇanā

na, bhikkhave, tathāgato idān'eva lokassa atthaṃ carati, pubbe'pi cariyevā'ti

atthaṃ gacchati →

bodhirasa

goes home, i.e. disappears, vanishes

DHP 226 kodhavaggo

sadā jāgaramānānaṃ, ahoratt'ānusikkhinaṃ, nibbānaṃ adhimuttānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.

DHP 293 pakiṇṇakavaggo

yesañ'ca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatā sati, akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino, satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.

atthaṃ paleti →

bodhirasa

flees home, i.e. disappears, goes out

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

accī yathā vātavegena khittā, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ, evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ.

atthaṅgama →

bodhirasa

disappearance, vanishing, settling down, subsiding, lit. going home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅ'gamo, iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅ'gamo, iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅ'gamo'ti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbay'ānupassī viharati, iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅ'gamo. iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅ'gamo.

atthaṅgata →

bodhirasa

disappeared, gone out, set (sun), lit. gone home

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

atthaṅ'gato so uda vā so n'atthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo, taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo?

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

kiṃ ummatto'si, nanu idān'eva divākaro atthaṅ'gato, so kathaṃ imaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ anubandhamāno uggacchissati?

atthāya hitāya sukhāya →

bodhirasa

for the good, the benefit and the happiness (of)

DN 14.6 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ, mā ekena dve agamittha

atthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose (of), for the sake (of), for the good (of)

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

yassa khv'āhaṃ atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ so me attho abhinipphanno

TH 203 nadīkassapa theragāthā

atthāya vata me buddho, nadiṃ nerañjaraṃ agā, yass'āhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna, micchādiṭṭhiṃ vivajjayiṃ.

avatthāraka →

bodhirasa

spreading over, covering over, strewing down

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyyā'ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasametuṃ.

avisaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

(of speech) indistinct, unclear, poorly enunciated

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, taramānassa bhāsato kāyo'pi kilamati, cittam'pi upahaññati, saro'pi upahaññati, kaṇṭho'pi āturīyati, avisaṭṭham'pi hoti aviññeyyaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ.

aññātattha →

bodhirasa

for the sake of understanding, for the purpose of knowledge

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

aṭṭhaguṇaṃ →

bodhirasa

eight times

THI 54 anopamā therīgāthā

yattakaṃ tulitā esā, tuyhaṃ dhītā anopamā, tato aṭṭhaguṇaṃ dassaṃ, hiraññaṃ ratanāni ca.

aṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

poem with eight stanzas

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

suddh'aṭṭhaka-suttaṃ catutthaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

SN 22.3 hāliddikānisuttaṃ

ekam'antaṃ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etad'avoca, vuttam'idaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭhaka-vaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañhe

aṭṭhakathā →

bodhirasa

commentary, exegesis, lit. explain the meaning

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

aṅguttar'aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana paṭhamaṃ veripuggalo karuṇāyitabbo, tasmiṃ cittaṃ muduṃ katvā duggato, tato piyapuggalo, tato attā'ti, ayaṃ kamo vutto.

aṭṭhakavaggika →

bodhirasa

Aṭṭhakavagga, fourth chapter of the Sutta Nipāta

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

evaṃ, bhante'ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sabbān'eva sarena abhaṇi.

aṭṭhama →

bodhirasa

eighth (8th)

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

tena hi tvaṃ anuruddha imam'pi aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ vitakkehi

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

aṭṭhaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they stood

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so gantvā taṃ bhattaṃ pañcahi paccekabuddhasatehi saddhiṃ saṃvibhaji. taṃ tass'ānubhāvena sabbesam'pi pahoti. te olokentā'y'eva aṭṭhaṃsu.

aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata →

bodhirasa

endowed with eight factors, having eight parts

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

iti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato sekho pāṭipado, dasaṅgasamannāgato arahā hoti.

aṭṭhaṅgika →

bodhirasa

with 8 parts, 8 limbed

DHP 191 buddhavaggo

dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ, ariyaṃ c'aṭṭh'aṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkh'ūpasamagāminaṃ.

DHP 273 maggavaggo

maggān'aṭṭh'aṅgiko seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā, virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañ'ca cakkhumā.

aṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

impossibility, lit. no ground

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

aṭṭhānam'etaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya uposathaṃ kareyya, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya

aṭṭhārasa →

bodhirasa

eighteen (18)

VINa 1.2.2 dutiyasaṅgīti kathā

ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati

aṭṭhāsi →

bodhirasa

stood, stayed, remained

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tatra'pi evaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abhāsiṃ evaṃ tuṇhī ahosiṃ

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten'upasaṅkami divāvihārāya. andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ supupphitasālarukkhamūle aṭṭhāsi.

bhaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

fallen down, dropped

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ubhato bhaṭṭho ubhato parihīno, seyyathā'pi sā gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.

bhummaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

standing on the ground, situated on the earth

DHP 28 appamādavaggo

pamādaṃ appamādena, yadā nudati paṇḍito, paññāpāsādam'āruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ, pabbataṭṭho'va bhummaṭṭhe, dhīro bāle avekkhati.

bhūmaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

standing on the ground, situated on the earth

DHP 28 appamādavaggo

pamādaṃ appamādena, yadā nudati paṇḍito, paññāpāsādam'āruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ, pabbataṭṭho'va bhūmaṭṭhe, dhīro bāle avekkhati.

catthāya →

bodhirasa

and for the purpose (of), and for the sake (of), and for the good (of)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

te upārambh'ānisaṃsā c'eva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkh'ānisaṃsā ca. yassa c'atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañ'c'assa atthaṃ n'ānubhonti.

chaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

sixth (6th)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

dantakaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

toothbrush, lit. tooth stick

VIN 1.4.15 upajjhāya vatta kathā

kālass'eva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ.

DHPa 2.17.3 uttarāupāsikā vatthu

puṇṇo theraṃ disvāva kasiṃ ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena theraṃ vanditvā, dantakaṭṭhena attho bhavissatī'ti dantakaṭṭhaṃ kappiyaṃ katvā adāsi

daṭṭha →

bodhirasa

bitten, pricked, stung

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amussa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa hatthaṃ vā aṅguṭṭhaṃ vā dajjā yaṃ jaññā, imin'āhaṃ daṭṭho maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhan'ti?

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

tiṇalatādigahanacchanne caṅkame caṅkamanto andhakāravelāyaṃ uragādike pāṇe akkamitvā vā māreti, tehi vā daṭṭho dukkhaṃ āpajjatī'ti gahanacchannatā tatiyo doso.

daṭṭhabba →

bodhirasa

should be seen, should be regarded as

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, bhikkhave, kabaḷīkāro āhāro daṭṭhabbo?

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo'ti? evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.

daṭṭhaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

place where one bites

DHPa 2.25.3 kokālika vatthu

vattu'kāmo haṃsānaṃ sīghavegatāya bārāṇasinagare rājanivesanassa uparibhāgaṃ sampattakāle daṭṭhaṭṭhānato daṇḍakaṃ vissajjetvā ākāsaṅgaṇe patitvā dvedhā bhijji.

dhammassavanatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the sake of hearing a sermon, for the purpose of hearing the teaching

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tesu ariyasāvakānaṃ dve'y'eva kiccāni ahesuṃ. purebhattaṃ dānaṃ denti, pacchābhattaṃ gandhamālādihatthā vatthabhesajjapānakādīni gāhāpetvā dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti.

JAa 16 tipallatthamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

ekasmiñ'hi kāle satthari āḷavinagaraṃ upanissāya aggāḷave cetiye viharante bahū upāsakā upāsikā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ca vihāraṃ dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti, divā dhammassavanaṃ hoti.

dhammaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

righteous, just, moral, virtuous, lit. standing on Dhamma

DHP 217 piyavaggo

sīladassanasampannaṃ, dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavedinaṃ, attano kamma kubbānaṃ, taṃ jano kurute piyaṃ.

SN 1.47 vanaropasuttaṃ

kesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā, ke janā saggagāmino'ti.

dhanatthaddha →

bodhirasa

proud of one’s wealth

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

jātitthaddho dhanatthaddho, gottatthaddho ca yo naro, saññātiṃ atimaññeti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

dubbhaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

badly spoken words, rough speech

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

dunnivattha →

bodhirasa

scantily clad, poorly covered, badly dressed

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. tassa mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti.

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

so tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. tassa mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. so rāg'ānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati.

dupparāmaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

wrongly held, incorrectly grasped

DHP 311 nirayavaggo

kuso yathā duggahito, hattham'ev'ānukantati, sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ, nirayāy'upakaḍḍhati.

ekattha →

bodhirasa

one in meaning, singular in meaning

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānan'ti?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca, atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā, byañjanam'eva nānaṃ.

etadattha →

bodhirasa

for this purpose, for this goal

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

etad'atthā, bhikkhave, kathā, etad'atthā mantanā, etad'atthā upanisā, etad'atthaṃ sot'āvadhānaṃ, yad'idaṃ anupādā cittassa vimokkhoti.

etamattha →

bodhirasa

benefit of this, significance of this, meaning of this

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā etam'atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

āyām'āvuso, yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkamissāma. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etam'atthaṃ ārocessāma. yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā'ti.

etamatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

this matter, this case, this affair

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban'ti? bhagavato etam'atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃsampadam'idaṃ āyasmantānaṃ satthari sammukhībhūte, taṃ bhagavantaṃ atisitvā, amhe etam'atthaṃ paṭipucchitabbaṃ maññatha

etassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ →

bodhirasa

meaning of this statement

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

atha kho te bhikkhū tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ bhāsitaṃ n'eva abhinandiṃsu nappaṭikkosiṃsu, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāy'āsanā pakkamiṃsu, bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānissāmā'ti.

gahaṇatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of holding onto, for the sake of grasping

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

kull'ūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇ'atthāya, no gahaṇ'atthāya.

gahaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

householder, layperson

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo buddhaṃ paribhāsati, atha vā tassa sāvakaṃ, paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vā, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

gambhīrattha →

bodhirasa

deep in meaning, profound in implication

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti

gataṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

place where one has gone

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

sace me gataṭṭhāne dhītu doso uppajjati, tumhehi sodhetabbo.

gonakatthata →

bodhirasa

spread with a black shag cover

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonak'atthate paṭalik'atthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitak'ūpadhāne, atha kho so dukkhaññ'eva seti kodh'ābhibhūto.

gottatthaddha →

bodhirasa

proud of one’s ancestry

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

jātitthaddho dhanatthaddho, gottatthaddho ca yo naro, saññātiṃ atimaññeti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

gūthaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

cesspool, lit. excrement place

TH 263 mahāmoggallāna theragāthā

evañ'ce taṃ jano jaññā, yathā jānāmi taṃ ahaṃ, ārakā parivajjeyya, gūthaṭṭhānaṃ'va pāvuse.

hattha →

bodhirasa

hand

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

aññena hattha-aṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṃ

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amussa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa hatthaṃ vā aṅguṭṭhaṃ vā dajjā yaṃ jaññā, imin'āhaṃ daṭṭho maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhan'ti?

hattha →

bodhirasa

handful, bunch

APA 47 pañcahatthiya therāpadānaṃ

pañca uppala-hatthāni, āveḷatthaṃ ahaṃsu me, tena buddhaṃ apūjesiṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tesu ariyasāvakānaṃ dve'y'eva kiccāni ahesuṃ. purebhattaṃ dānaṃ denti, pacchābhattaṃ gandhamālādi-hatthā vatthabhesajjapānakādīni gāhāpetvā dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti.

hattha →

bodhirasa

cubit, measure from elbow to finger-tip

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

puthulato pana diyaḍḍharatanaṃ dvīsu passesu ratanamatt'ānucaṅkamaṃ dīghato saṭṭhi-hatthaṃ mudutalaṃ samavippakiṇṇavālukaṃ caṅkamaṃ vaṭṭati cetiyagirimhi dīpappasādakamahindattherassa caṅkamanaṃ viya, tādisaṃ taṃ ahosi.

hatthagata →

bodhirasa

in one’s possession, under one’s control, secured

DNa 2.7.1 mahāsamaya sutta vaṇṇanā

bhagavā'pi setacchattaṃ pahāya hatthagataṃ cakkavattirajjaṃ nissajjetvā pabbajito, te'pi setacchattaṃ pahāya hatthagatāni rajjāni nissajjetvā pabbajitā

hatthapādā →

bodhirasa

hands and feet

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutaluna-hatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva kiñcid'eva karuṇāyitabbarūpaṃ paramakicchappattaṃ ... hatthapādehi paggharantakimigaṇaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karontaṃ disvā, kicchaṃ vat'āyaṃ satto āpanno, app'eva nāma imamhā dukkhā mucceyyā'ti karuṇā pavattetabbā.

hatthapāsa →

bodhirasa

hand’s reach, arm’s length, lit. hand throw

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattayuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

hatthavikāra →

bodhirasa

hand signal

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tv'eva mayaṃ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma

hatthāpalekhana →

bodhirasa

(ascetic practice of) hand-licking

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

acelako ce'pi, kassapa, hoti, muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano ... iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikam'pi pariyāya-bhatta-bhojan'ānuyogam'anuyutto viharati.

hatthāroha →

bodhirasa

elephant rider, mahout

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

tattha hatthārohassa evaṃ hoti, ayaṃ kho rañño nāgo īsādanto urūḷhavā abhijāto saṅgāmāvacaro saṅgāmagato … rakkhat'eva soṇḍaṃ.

haññadatthatthipasaṃsalābhā →

bodhirasa

there is (no) benefit other than gaining praise, there is (no) purpose other than praise and gain, lit. certainly-other-benefit-there is-praise-gain

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā, etesu ugghāti nighāti hoti, etam'pi disvā virame kathojjaṃ, na h'añña'd'atth'atthi-pasaṃsalābhā.

haṭṭha →

bodhirasa

bristling, standing up, erect (of hair)

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo loma-haṭṭha-jāto yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama!

haṭṭha →

bodhirasa

elated, joyful, excited

BV 2.77 sumedha patthanā kathā

dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake, haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā

kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇa →

bodhirasa

spread made from high quality leather of an antelope, lit. antelope-beast-excellent-spread

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonak'atthate paṭalik'atthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitak'ūpadhāne, atha kho so dukkhaññ'eva seti kodh'ābhibhūto.

kammaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

(commentary) meditation subject, lit. place of work

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

thaddha-visama-bhūmibhāgasmiñ'hi caṅkame caṅkamantassa pādā rujjanti, phoṭā uṭṭhahanti, cittaṃ ekaggaṃ na labhati, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vipajjati.

kammaṭṭhānika →

bodhirasa

(commentary) practising a certain meditation subject

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evam'eva karuṇā-kammaṭṭhānikena bhikkhunā sukhito'pi puggalo evaṃ karuṇāyitabbo

katahattha →

bodhirasa

skilful, dexterous, lit. made with hands

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi, seyyathā'pi nāma daḷhadhammo dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho kat'ūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipāteyya.

SN 20.6 dhanuggahasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, cattāro daḷhadhammā dhanuggahā susikkhitā katahatthā kat'ūpāsanā catuddisā ṭhitā assu.

kattha →

bodhirasa

where, right where

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

kattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati, kattha dīghañ'ca rassañ'ca, aṇuṃ thūlaṃ subhāsubhaṃ, kattha nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca, asesaṃ uparujjhatī'ti?

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

paññā c'eva sati yañ'ca nāmarūpañ'ca mārisa, etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katth'etaṃ uparujjhati.

katthaci →

bodhirasa

somewhere, anywhere

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

na paro paraṃ nikubbetha, n'ātimaññetha katthaci naṃ kañci, byārosanā paṭighasaññā, n'āññam'aññassa dukkham'iccheyya.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, ākāso na katthaci patiṭṭhito, evam'eva kho tvaṃ, rāhula, ākāsasamaṃ bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi.

kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

thorny place

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

caṇḍaṃ kukkuraṃ parivajjeti, ahiṃ khāṇuṃ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ sobbhaṃ papātaṃ candanikaṃ oḷigallaṃ

kaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

stick, plank, log, wood, timber

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yadā kho, āvuso, imaṃ kāyaṃ tayo dhammā jahanti, āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṃ, ath'āyaṃ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṃ acetanan'ti.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

so tattha allāni c'eva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañ'ca dadeyya, paṃsukena ca okireyya.

kaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

ploughed, tilled, farmed

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

evamesā kasī kaṭṭhā, sā hoti amatapphalā, etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī'ti.

kaṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

bamboo

DHP 164 attavaggo

yo sāsanaṃ arahataṃ, ariyānaṃ dhammajīvinaṃ, paṭikkosati dummedho, diṭṭhiṃ nissāya pāpikaṃ, phalāni kaṭṭhakass'eva, attaghātāya phallati.

kimatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

for what purpose? what’s the reason?

JAa 1.N.3 santike nidānakathā

kiṃ, bhante, amhe lajjāpetha, kim'atthaṃ piṇḍāya caratha, kiṃ, ettakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ na sakkā bhattaṃ laddhun'ti saññaṃ karitthā'ti.

kumbhaṭṭhānakathā →

bodhirasa

well gossip, water-cooler gossip, lit. water-jar-place-talk

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lok'akkhāyikaṃ samudd'akkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti

kālabyavadhāna →

bodhirasa

pause which blocks sandhi, e.g. mātāpitu upaṭṭhāna

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇa-kālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

kāpilavatthava →

bodhirasa

of Kapilavatthu

SN 55.32 dutiya puññābhisandasuttaṃ

atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena so bhikkhu ten'upasaṅkamiṃsu

kāsikavattha →

bodhirasa

fine cotton cloth from Kāsi

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ṭhitako'va mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhito suddho visado kāsikavatthe nikkhittamaṇiratanaṃ viya jotayanto mātukucchito nikkhami.

lomahaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

with hair standing on end, with bristling hair

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo lomahaṭṭha-jāto yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama!

lomahaṭṭhajāta →

bodhirasa

with hair standing on end, with bristling hair

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama!

matthaka →

bodhirasa

top, head, crown

MN 68 naḷakapānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi anuruddhā tālo matthaka-cchinno abhabbo punavirūḷhiyā

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, tālo matthaka-cchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā.

matthake →

bodhirasa

a distance (of), lit. at the top of

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

atthi deva ito vīsati-yojana-sata-matthake sāvatthima nagaraṃ tato āgacchāmā'ti

matthake →

bodhirasa

a time-period (of), lit. at the top of

JAa 1.N.2 sumedha kathā

ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa patthanā, ito kappa-satasahass'ādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissati.

matthaluṅga →

bodhirasa

brain

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye … antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ (matthaluṅgaṃ), pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan'ti.

mudutalunahatthapāda →

bodhirasa

with soft and tender hands and feet

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

mudutalāhatthapāda →

bodhirasa

with soft palms of the hand and soles of feet

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalāhatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

mā ahuvattha →

bodhirasa

(you all) don’t be

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha, mā anubyañjanaggāhino.

na katthaci →

bodhirasa

nowhere, not anywhere

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, ākāso na katthaci patiṭṭhito, evam'eva kho tvaṃ, rāhula, ākāsasamaṃ bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi.

natthañño →

bodhirasa

there is no other

DHP 274 maggavaggo

es'eva maggo natth'añño, dassanassa visuddhiyā, etañ'hi tumhe paṭipajjatha, mārass'etaṃ pamohanaṃ.

nirattha →

bodhirasa

useless, worthless

DHP 41 cittavaggo

aciraṃ vat'ayaṃ kāyo, pathaviṃ adhisessati, chuddho apetaviññāṇo, niratthaṃ'va kaliṅgaraṃ.

nissaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

free (from), released (from)

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

nissaṭṭhena h'āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena kiṃ neyyan'ti?

nittharaṇatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of crossing, for the sake of getting across

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

nanu te, bhikkhave, yāva'd'eva kantārassa nittharaṇ'atthāya āhāraṃ āhāreyyun'ti? evaṃ, bhante

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

kull'ūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇ'atthāya, no gahaṇ'atthāya.

nālatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

I did not get, I did not obtain, I did not receive

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

alatthaṃ yad'idaṃ sādhu, n'ālatthaṃ kusalaṃ iti. ubhayen'eva so tādī, rukkhaṃ'v'upanivattati.

TH 250 telakāni theragāthā

cirarattaṃ vatātāpī, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, samaṃ cittassa nālatthaṃ, pucchaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇe.

nānāttha →

bodhirasa

different in meaning, distinct in meaning

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānan'ti?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca, atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā, byañjanam'eva nānaṃ.

odātavatthavasana →

bodhirasa

wearing white clothes, clothed in white garments

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇo'va hoti kodh'ābhibhūto.

pabbataṭṭha →

bodhirasa

standing on a mountain

DHP 28 appamādavaggo

pamādaṃ appamādena, yadā nudati paṇḍito, paññāpāsādam'āruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ, pabbataṭṭho'va bhūmaṭṭhe, dhīro bāle avekkhati.

paccattharaṇa →

bodhirasa

cover, spread

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonaka-atthato paṭika-atthato paṭalika-atthato kadalimiga-pavara-paccattharaṇo sa-uttaracchado ubhato-lohitaku-upadhāno

paccupaṭṭhāpetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to bring about, to manifest, to regain, lit. to cause to be present

JAa 71 varuṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

bodhisattassa vacanaṃ sutvā seṭṭhi kampamāno dhanasokena satiṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkonto tatth'eva pati

pacurattha →

bodhirasa

successful, prosperous, lit. much abundance

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na pacurattho assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa pacuratthatāya nandati.

pacuratthatā →

bodhirasa

success, prosperity, lit. state of much abundance

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na pacurattho assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa pacuratthatāya nandati.

pahānattha →

bodhirasa

for the sake of giving up, for the purpsoe of letting go

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

paññā pan'āvuso, kim'atthiyā'ti? paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññ'atthā pariññ'atthā pahān'atthā'ti.

pamādattha →

bodhirasa

was careless, was negligent, was heedless

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni, etāni suññāgārāni. jhāyatha, bhikkhu, mā pamād'attha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī'ti.

pamādaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

state of intoxication, state of negligence

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajja-pamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

parattha →

bodhirasa

benefit of others

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, atta'd'attham'abhiññāya, sadatthapasuto siyā.

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

att'atthaṃ vā ñassati par'atthaṃ vā ñassati ubhay'atthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatī'ti n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

parattha →

bodhirasa

afterwards, later, hereafter

DHP 177 lokavaggo

na ve kadariyā devalokaṃ vajanti, bālā have nappasaṃsanti dānaṃ, dhīro ca dānaṃ anumodamāno, ten'eva so hoti sukhī parattha.

DHP 306 nirayavaggo

abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti, yo vā'pi katvā na karomi c'āha, ubho'pi te pecca samā bhavanti, nihīnakammā manujā parattha.

pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇati →

bodhirasa

defends the case, speaks in defence of, lit. speaks case for defence

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī'ti.

pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī →

bodhirasa

who remains obsessed, who is stuck in the preconceived idea of, lit. obsessed staying

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, ahaṃ rūpaṃ, mama rūpan'ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.

pariññattha →

bodhirasa

for the sake of complete comprehension, for the purpose of full understanding

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

paññā pan'āvuso, kim'atthiyā'ti? paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññ'atthā pariññ'atthā pahān'atthā'ti.

parāmaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

caressed, held dear, clutched, clung to

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

dīgharattañ'h'etaṃ bhikkhave assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ

pasattha →

bodhirasa

praised, commended, exalted

TH 262 tālapuṭa theragāthā

kadā nu'haṃ dubbacanena vutto, tatonimittaṃ vimano na hessaṃ, atho pasattho'pi tatonimittaṃ, tuṭṭho na hessaṃ tad'idaṃ kadā me.

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññu-ppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni.

pasādattha →

bodhirasa

for the sake of clear confidence

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

pattha →

bodhirasa

isolated place, plateau, plain

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vana-ppatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ

pattha →

bodhirasa

(of grain) measure

APA 421 patthodanadāyaka therāpadānaṃ

vanacārī pure āsiṃ, satataṃ vanakammiko, pattha-odanaṃ gahetvāna, kammantaṃ agamās'ahaṃ.

patthanaṃ karoti →

bodhirasa

makes the aspiration, sets the intention, prays

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, aggināpi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakenapi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

patthanā →

bodhirasa

intention, wish, aspiration, prayer

SN 14.13 giñjakāvasathasuttaṃ

hīnaṃ kaccāna dhātuṃ paṭicca uppajjati hīnā saññā hīnā diṭṭhi hīno vitakko hīnā cetanā hīnā patthanā

JAa 1.N.2 sumedha kathā

ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa patthanā, ito kappa-satasahass'ādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissati.

pattharitvā →

bodhirasa

having spread out, having laid out

VIN 1.2.13 kuladūsaka sikkhāpadaṃ

muṭṭhīhi'pi yujjhanti, raṅgamajjhe'pi saṅghāṭiṃ pattharitvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vadanti, idha, bhagini, naccassū'ti, nalāṭikam'pi denti, vividham'pi anācāraṃ ācaranti.

patthayamāna →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tīṇi'māni, bhikkhave, sukhāni patthayamāno sīlaṃ rakkheyya paṇḍito. katamāni tīṇi?

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

patthayamānassa hi jappitāni, pavedhitaṃ vā'pi pakappitesu, cut'ūpapāto idha yassa n'atthi, sa kena vedheyya kuhiṃ'va jappe.

patthayanta →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

jaheyya sabbasaṃyogaṃ, kareyya saraṇ'attano, careyy'ādittasīso'va, patthayaṃ accutaṃ padan'ti.

patthayati →

bodhirasa

wishes (for), aspires (for), craves (for)

SNP 2 dhaniyasuttaṃ uragavaggo 2

pakk'odano duddhakhīro'ham'asmi, anutīre mahiyā samānavāso, channā kuṭi āhito gini, atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kamma virādhayitvā, pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthā'va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.

patthayāna →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

sīlaṃ rakkheyya medhāvī, patthayāno tayo sukhe, pasaṃsaṃ vittalābhañ'ca, pecca sagge pamodanaṃ.

paṭalikatthata →

bodhirasa

spread with a woollen cover (embroided with flowers)

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonak'atthate paṭalik'atthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitak'ūpadhāne, atha kho so dukkhaññ'eva seti kodh'ābhibhūto.

paṭinissaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

given up, forsaken, renounced, abandoned

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, thera, ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hoti. idha, thera, yaṃ atītaṃ taṃ pahīnaṃ, yaṃ anāgataṃ taṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, paccuppannesu ca attabhāvapaṭilābhesu chandarāgo suppaṭivinīto.

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

yathodhi kho pan'assa cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhī'ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhamm'ūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ.

paṭṭhapeti →

bodhirasa

posits, set forth, puts forward, lays down

DN 16.20 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

na tāv'āhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti … sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

kena loko litto saṃlitto upalitto kiliṭṭho saṃkiliṭṭho makkhito saṃsaṭṭho laggo laggito palibuddho, brūsi ācikkhasi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivarasi vibhajasi uttānīkarosi pakāsesīti, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi.

paṭṭhapetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to exposit, to set forth, to put forward, to lay down

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

sakkā evam'evaṃ viññāṇam'p'idaṃ ācikkhituṃ desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātuṃ iti'p'idaṃ viññāṇaṃ anattā'ti.

paṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

starting (from), beginning (with), going forwards (from), from the time

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

kiṃ bhante avelāya ayyā āgatā'ti pucchitvā ādito paṭṭhāya kathesuṃ

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

daharakālato paṭṭhāya hi naṃ mārāpento'va seṭṭhi māretuṃ n'āsakkhi, kiṃ akkharasamayaṃ sikkhāpessati?

raṭṭha →

bodhirasa

country, land, kingdom, realm

DHP 329 nāgavaggo

no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ, rājā'va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅg'araññ'eva nāgo.

DHP 329 nāgavaggo

no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ, rājā'va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅg'araññ'eva nāgo.

raṭṭhapiṇḍa →

bodhirasa

country’s almsfood, food from the people

DHP 308 nirayavaggo

seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto, tatto aggisikh'ūpamo, yañ'ce bhuñjeyya dussīlo, raṭṭhapiṇḍam'asaññato.

sabbattha →

bodhirasa

everywhere, every place

DHP 193 buddhavaggo

dullabho puris'ājañño, na so sabbattha jāyati, yattha so jāyati dhīro, taṃ kulaṃ sukham'edhati.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

sabbattha munī anissito, na piyaṃ kubbati no'pi appiyaṃ, tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ, paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpati.

sadattha →

bodhirasa

one’s own benefit, personal welfare

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, atta'd'attham'abhiññāya, sadattha-pasuto siyā.

sadattha →

bodhirasa

highest good, true welfare

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, atta'd'attham'abhiññāya, sadattha-pasuto siyā.

samattha →

bodhirasa

skilled, professional

DHPa 1.4.3 viṭaṭūbha vatthu

etth'evassa dvattiṃsāya puttehi saddhiṃ sīsaṃ chinditvā āharathā'ti tehi saddhiṃ aññe'pi samatthe mahāyodhe pesesi

samattha →

bodhirasa

able (to), capable (to)

JAa 1.N.3 santike nidānakathā

raññā pana vandite bhagavantaṃ avanditvā ṭhātuṃ samattho nāma ekasākiyo'pi n'āhosi, sabbe vandiṃsu'y'eva.

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, aggināpi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakenapi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

satipaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

establishing mindfulness, setting up attention, making sure one is present

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

sambahulā bhikkhuniyo catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo

MN 44 cūḷavedallasuttaṃ

yā kho, āvuso visākha, cittassa ekaggatā ayaṃ samādhi, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā samādhinimittā, cattāro sammappadhānā samādhiparikkhārā.

sattaṭṭhānakusala →

bodhirasa

skilled in seven subjects

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sattaṭṭhānakusalo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso'ti vuccati.

sattha →

bodhirasa

caravan, travel party, lit. with purpose

DHP 123 pāpavaggo

vāṇijo'va bhayaṃ maggaṃ, appa-sattho mahaddhano, visaṃ jīvitu'kāmo'va, pāpāni parivajjaye.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kamma virādhayitvā, pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthā'va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.

sattha →

bodhirasa

weapon, knife, sword

MN 21 kakacūpamasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, phagguna, tava ce'pi koci pāṇinā pahāraṃ dadeyya, leḍḍunā pahāraṃ dadeyya, daṇḍena pahāraṃ dadeyya, satthena pahāraṃ dadeyya, tatr'āpi tvaṃ, phagguna, ye gehasitā chandā ye gehasitā vitakkā te pajaheyyāsi.

APA 40 āyāgadāyaka therāpadānaṃ

kāye visaṃ na kamati, satthāni na ca hanti me udake'haṃ na miyyāmi, āyāgassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

sattha →

bodhirasa

scalpel, razor

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanteyya. satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

esanī'ti kho, sunakkhatta, satiyāy'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, satthan'ti kho, sunakkhatta, ariyāy'etaṃ paññāya adhivacanaṃ, bhisakko sallakatto'ti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatass'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

sattha →

bodhirasa

retaliation, defence, argument, lit. weapon

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

atha satthāni kurute, paravādehi codito, esa khv'assa mahāgedho, mosavajjaṃ pagāhati.

satthahāraka →

bodhirasa

assassin, hit man, lit. knife carrier

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti.

VIN 1.1.3 tatiya pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṃ v'āssa pariyeseyya maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya

satthari →

bodhirasa

in the teacher, in the master

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

evarūpaṃ te, rāhula, kāyakammaṃ satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu desetabbaṃ, vivaritabbaṃ, uttānīkātabbaṃ, desetvā vivaritvā uttānīkatvā āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjitabbaṃ.

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

satthari →

bodhirasa

when the master, when the teacher

JAa 16 tipallatthamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

ekasmiñ'hi kāle satthari āḷavinagaraṃ upanissāya aggāḷave cetiye viharante bahū upāsakā upāsikā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ca vihāraṃ dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti, divā dhammassavanaṃ hoti.

satthaṃ āharati →

bodhirasa

commits suicide, lit. takes the knife

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

dasa'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti, vīsam'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti, tiṃsam'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti.

satthādāna →

bodhirasa

taking up weapons

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

es'ev'anto rāgānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto paṭighānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto diṭṭhānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto vicikicchānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto mānānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto bhavarāgānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto avijjānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuvaṃ-pesuñña-musāvādānaṃ

satthāraṃ →

bodhirasa

master, teacher (object)

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

satthārā →

bodhirasa

by the teacher, with the master

SN 21.1 kolitasuttaṃ

yañ'hi taṃ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya, satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto'ti, mamaṃ taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya, satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto'ti.

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, aggināpi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakenapi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

saṃsaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

mixed (with), combined (with)

DHP 291 pakiṇṇakavaggo

paradukkh'ūpadhānena, attano sukham'icchati. vera-saṃsagga-saṃsaṭṭho, verā so na parimuccati.

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto saṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā.

saṃsaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

stuck to, clinging to

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

kena loko litto saṃlitto upalitto kiliṭṭho saṃkiliṭṭho makkhito saṃsaṭṭho laggo laggito palibuddho, brūsi ācikkhasi desesi paññapesi paṭṭhapesi vivarasi vibhajasi uttānīkarosi pakāsesīti, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi.

sunivattha →

bodhirasa

well clothed, beautifully dressed

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidāna kathā

aparaṃ pana ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto tath'eva devatāhi nimmitaṃ sunivatthaṃ supārutaṃ pabbajitaṃ disvā, ko nām'eso sammā'ti sārathiṃ pucchi.

sāttha →

bodhirasa

in meaning, in spirit

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ →

bodhirasa

in spirit and in letter, lit. in meaning and in letter

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

tamattha →

bodhirasa

that purpose, that benefit, that advantage

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti, akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe, so hassatī uṇṇamatī ca tena, pappuyya tam'atthaṃ yathā mano ahu.

tattha tattha →

bodhirasa

right there, here and now, lit. there and there

AN 10.22 adhivuttipadasuttaṃ

etad'ānuttariyaṃ ānanda ñāṇānaṃ yad'idaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtañāṇaṃ. etasmā c'āhaṃ ānanda ñāṇā aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā natthī'ti vadāmi

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so yena yena icchati tena tena gacchati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nisīdati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nipajjati.

tattha tattha →

bodhirasa

in each and every case, lit. there and there

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

yo ca tesaṃ tattha tattha, jānāti anudhammataṃ, catupañhassa kusalo, āhu bhikkhuṃ tathāvidhaṃ.

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. taṃ kissa hetu? abhikkantā h'esā, potaliya, yad'idaṃ tattha tattha kālaññutā'ti.

tattha tattheva →

bodhirasa

everywhere, wherever you like, lit. there and just there

DHP 303 pakiṇṇakavaggo

saddho sīlena sampanno, yasobhogasamappito, yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tatth'eva pūjito.

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

gacchatha, tātā, pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā jīvantā subhikkhakāle mama santikaṃ āgantu'kāmā āgacchatha, anāgantu'kāmā tattha tatth'eva jīvathā'ti.

tattha →

bodhirasa

there, in that place

DN 4.6 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

yattha sīlaṃ tattha paññā yattha paññā tattha sīlaṃ

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā m'aññaṃ, saññāvimokkhe parame'dhimutto, tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī.

tattha →

bodhirasa

in that regard, in that case

MN 64 mahāmālukyasuttaṃ

so yad'eva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati

SN 22.121 upādāniyasuttaṃ

rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, upādāniyo dhammo, yo tattha chandarāgo, taṃ tattha upādānaṃ.

thalaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

situated on land, living on land, lit. standing on land

VIN 1.1.2 dutiya pārājika

thalaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ thale nikkhittaṃ hoti.

tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsa →

bodhirasa

grass, timber, branches and leaves

SN 56.36 pāṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṃ imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ tacchetvā ekajjhaṃ saṃhareyya, ekajjhaṃ saṃharitvā sūlaṃ kareyya

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyyan'ti.

tiṇavatthāraka →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) covering with grass

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyyā'ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasametuṃ.

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

tosanattha →

bodhirasa

to be content, lit. for the purpose of satisfying

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

annañ'ca laddhā vasanañ'ca kāle, mattaṃ so jaññā idha tosan'atthaṃ, so tesu gutto yatacāri gāme, rusito'pi vācaṃ pharusaṃ na vajjā.

ubbhaṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

(ascetic) who stands upright

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, ubbhaṭṭhakassa ubbhaṭṭhaka-mattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.

ubhayattha →

bodhirasa

in both cases, on both sides

DHP 15 yamakavaggo

idha socati pecca socati, pāpakārī ubhayattha socati, so socati so vihaññati, disvā kammakiliṭṭham'attano.

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

att'atthaṃ vā ñassati par'atthaṃ vā ñassati ubhay'atthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatī'ti n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

udakaṭṭhapana →

bodhirasa

setting up water, arranging water

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

udakaṃ āsanena ca: āsanena saha pāṇīyaparibhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ kataṃ kiṃ? āsanena saha pāṇīyaparibhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

udayatthagāmī →

bodhirasa

appearance and disappearance, rising and falling, arising and passing

SN 48.9 paṭhama vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya, sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññindriyaṃ

upakaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

approaching, near, lit. dragging towards

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

upakaṭṭhāya pavāraṇāya sabb'eva saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

te upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya pañcasatatāpase himavantato āgantvā nagare bhikkhāya carante disvā pasīditvā nisīdāpetvā bhojetvā paṭiññaṃ gahetvā cattāro māse attano santike vasāpetvā puna vassāratte āgamanatthāya paṭijānāpetvā uyyojesuṃ.

upaṭṭhahati →

bodhirasa

remains present, persists, lit. stands around

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti, viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

upaṭṭhahati →

bodhirasa

serves, provides (with), attends (to)

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

aññena ca kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ, khīṇ'āsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ, annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu, khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī'ti.

upaṭṭhahi →

bodhirasa

attended, served, provided

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

atīte kira kassapasammāsambuddhakāle gāmavāsī eko kuṭumbiko ekassa therassa vihāraṃ katvā taṃ tattha viharantaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahi

upaṭṭhapeti →

bodhirasa

causes to attend, sets up, makes sure is present

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.

upaṭṭhapetvā →

bodhirasa

having caused to attend, having set up, having made sure is present

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.

upaṭṭhāka →

bodhirasa

attendant, assistant

SN 22.81 pālileyyasuttaṃ

kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi

upaṭṭhāka →

bodhirasa

follower, devotee, lit. supporter

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhāka-kulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi, imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū'ti.

upaṭṭhākakula →

bodhirasa

family of followers, family of devotees, supporting family

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi, imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū'ti.

upaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

service, attending, waiting on, lit. standing by

API 17 mahāpajāpatigotamī therīapadānaṃ

evaṃ vilapamānaṃ taṃ, ānandaṃ āha gotamī, suta-sāgara-gambhīra, buddha-upaṭṭhāna-tappara.

upaṭṭhānasālā →

bodhirasa

assembly hall, meeting hall

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū pacchā-bhattaṃ piṇḍapāta-paṭikkantā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannisinnā sannipatitā aneka-vihitaṃ tiracchāna-kathaṃ anuyuttā viharanti

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti

upaṭṭhāpesi →

bodhirasa

supplied, provided, furnished (with), lit. caused to attend

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi

upaṭṭhāpetabba →

bodhirasa

should be established, should be set up, should cause to be present, should makes sure one has

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro'ti, ime pañca dhammā ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbā

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etad'ahosi, bhagavatā paññattaṃ, na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā'ti.

upaṭṭhāpeti →

bodhirasa

sets out, makes available, provides

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhante, amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanāni paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, avakkārapātiṃ upaṭṭhāpeti

upaṭṭhāpeti →

bodhirasa

establishes, sets up, cause to be present, makes sure one has

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

no ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno mettaṃ cittaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu anāghātaṃ, tassa bhavanti vattāro, iṅgha tāva āyasmā sabrahmacārīsu mettaṃ cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpehī'ti, iti'ssa bhavanti vattāro.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.

upaṭṭhāpeti →

bodhirasa

gets (a doctor) to treat, lit. causes to be nursed

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ.

upaṭṭhāpetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to set up, to establish, to make sure is present

AN 6.102 anavatthitasuttaṃ

cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṃse sampassamānena alam'eva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṃ karitvā aniccasaññaṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ. katame cha?

upaṭṭhāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having set up, having established, having made sure is present

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

na kho, ānanda, sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. katame pañca?

uppalahattha →

bodhirasa

bunch of water lilies, handful of blue lotuses

APA 47 pañcahatthiya therāpadānaṃ

pañca uppalahatthāni, āveḷatthaṃ ahaṃsu me, tena buddhaṃ apūjesiṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

uttamattha →

bodhirasa

nibbāna, ultimate good, summum bonum, supreme goal

ITI 16 paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ

yoniso manasikāro, dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno, natth'añño evaṃ bahukāro, uttam'atthassa pattiyā, yoniso padahaṃ bhikkhu, khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe'ti.

TH 236 cūḷapanthaka theragāthā

tass'āhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato, samādhiṃ paṭipādesiṃ, uttam'atthassa pattiyā.

vanapattha →

bodhirasa

forest wilderness, jungle

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanappatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ

vattha →

bodhirasa

cloth, clothes, robe

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave puriso odātena vatthena sasīsaṃ pārupetvā nisinno assa

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

annānam'atho pānānaṃ, khādanīyānaṃ atho'pi vatthānaṃ, laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirā, na ca parittase tāni alabhamāno.

vatthada →

bodhirasa

giving cloth, who gives clothes

SN 1.42 kiṃdadasuttaṃ

annado balado hoti, vatthado hoti vaṇṇado, yānado sukhado hoti, dīpado hoti cakkhudo.

vaṇṇakālabyavadhāna →

bodhirasa

letter and pause which blocks sandhi, e.g. maṃ ahāsi & mātāpitu upaṭṭhāna

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇakālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

visaṃsaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

separate, disconnected

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āvuso, paññā yañ'ca viññāṇaṃ, ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā udāhu visaṃsaṭṭhā? labbhā ca pan'imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetun'ti?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āvuso, paññā yañ'ca viññāṇaṃ, ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā, no visaṃsaṭṭhā. na ca labbhā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ.

visaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

(of speech) distinct, clear, well enunciated

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, ataramānassa bhāsato kāyo'pi na kilamati, cittam'pi na upahaññati, saro'pi na upahaññati, kaṇṭho'pi na āturīyati, visaṭṭham'pi hoti viññeyyaṃ ataramānassa bhāsitaṃ.

vissaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

(of speech) distinct, clear, well enunciated

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti ... poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni, kalyāṇiyā'si vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā.

viññuppasattha →

bodhirasa

praised by the wise

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni.

vūpakaṭṭha →

bodhirasa

secluded, isolated, withdrawn

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

tathārūpānaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati, kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.

AN 8.63 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan'ti

yametamatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

whatever this means, concerning this matter, lit. which this meaning

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātañ'ca kutonidānā, kismiṃ asante na bhavanti h'ete, vibhavaṃ bhavañ'cā'pi yam'etam'atthaṃ, etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ.

yassatthāya →

bodhirasa

for which purpose, lit. for the purpose of which

AN 2.5 upaññātasuttaṃ

tumhe'pi, bhikkhave, nacirass'eva, yass'atthāya kulaputtā samma'd'eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tad'anuttaraṃ, brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatha.

yattha →

bodhirasa

wherever, where

DHP 87 paṇḍitavaggo

kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya, sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito, okā anokam'āgamma, viveke yattha dūramaṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

hitvā icchañ'ca lobhañ'ca, yattha satto puthujjano, cakkhumā paṭipajjeyya, tareyya narakaṃ imaṃ.

yattha yattha →

bodhirasa

wherever, where-soever

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so yena yena icchati tena tena gacchati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nisīdati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nipajjati.

yatthakāma →

bodhirasa

wherever it wants, where one likes

DHP 35 cittavaggo

dunniggahassa lahuno, yatthakāma-nipātino, cittassa damatho sādhu, cittaṃ dantaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

DHP 36 cittavaggo

sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāma-nipātinaṃ, cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

yatthakāmaṃ →

bodhirasa

wherever it wants, where one likes

DHP 326 nāgavaggo

idaṃ pure cittam'acāri cārikaṃ, yen'icchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ, tad'ajj'ahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso, hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.

yatthassa →

bodhirasa

in whom, lit. where for him, where his

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

tañ'ca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yatth'assa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

yatthaṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

where standing, where staying

DHP 127 pāpavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhito mucceyya pāpakammā.

DHP 128 pāpavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhitaṃ nappasaheyya maccu.

yāvadattha →

bodhirasa

as much as one likes, as much as is good for one

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

idh'āhaṃ bhikkhave bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, siyā ca me piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍanīyadhammo

yāvadatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

as much as one likes, as much as is good for one

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ. kiṭṭh'ārakkho ca pamatto, goṇo ca kiṭṭh'ādo aduṃ kiṭṭhaṃ otaritvā yāva'd'atthaṃ madaṃ āpajjeyya pamādaṃ āpajjeyya.

ādito paṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

from the beginning onwards

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

kiṃ bhante avelāya ayyā āgatā'ti pucchitvā ādito paṭṭhāya kathesuṃ

acelakassapa →

dppn

Acelakassapa1AcelaKassapa

A naked ascetic. He visited the Buddha at Ujuññā in the Kaṇṇa-katthala deer-park and asked him if it were true that he disparaged all penance and reviled asceti …

aggāḷave cetiye →

dppn

Aggāḷave CetiyeAggālavacetiya

The chief shrine at Āḷavī, originally a pagan place of worship, but later converted into a Buddhist vihāra. The Buddha stopped here on many occasions during his wander …

ajapālanigrodha →

dppn

A banyan tree in Uruvelā, on the banks of the Nerañjara, near the Bodhi tree. A week after the Enlightenment the Buddha went there and spent a week cross-legged at the foot of the tree. There he met …

ambapālivana →

dppn

The grove presented by Ambapālī to the Buddha and the Order. It was in Vesāli and was given to the Buddha during his last tour in that town, at the conclusion of the meal to which Ambapālī had invited …

ambaṭṭha →

dppn

AmbaṭṭhaAmbaṭṭhamāṇava

A brahmin youth of the Ambaṭṭha clan who lived with his teacher, Pokkharasādi, at Ukkaṭṭha. He was…

andhakavinda →

dppn

…that the Buddha met Belaṭṭha Kaccāna. Vin.i.224f.

Once when the Buddha was staying at Andhakavinda the Brahmā Sahampati came and…

anuruddha →

dppn

First cousin of the Buddha and one of his most eminent disciples. He was the son of the Sākyan Amitodana and brother of Mahānāma. When members of other Sākyan families had joined the Order of their di …

asita →

dppn

Asita1KaṇhāsiriKāladevala

An ascetic who possessed various psychic powers. Once, while in Tāvatiṃsā heaven, he saw the whole city decked with splendour and the gods engaged in great rejoic …

aṅga →

dppn

…once, in the past, Dhataraṭṭha was king of Aṅga. But this, perhaps, refers to another country.

Soṇa Koḷivisa, before he entered the…

aṅgīrasi →

dppn

…Vedic lore. The others being Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa and Bhagu. The list…

aṭṭhaka →

dppn

…else is vain.“. MN.ii.169

Aṭṭhaka may be identified with Aṣṭaka mentioned as the author of Ṛg Veda 10.104 or else with Atri, author of…

aṭṭhakanāgara →

dppn

A city from which came the householder Dasama who, while on a visit to Pāṭaliputta on business, went to see Ānanda at Beluvagāma and questioned him. MN.i.349f. AN.v.342–347

4town

aṭṭhama →

dppn

Pacceka Buddha, one of the names given in a list of such. MN.iii.70

baka →

dppn

…was once staying at Ukkaṭṭha in the Subhagavana, he read the thoughts of Baka, who had conceived the idea that this world was permanent…

belaṭṭhakaccāna →

dppn

BelaṭṭhakaccānaKaccānaBelaṭṭha

A sugar dealer. On his way from Andhakkavinda to Rājagaha he met the Buddha seated at the foot of a tree,…

belaṭṭhasīsa →

dppn

An arahant, preceptor of Ānanda. He was once afflicted with scurvy and his robes clung to him. The monks thereupon applied water to the robes, but when the Buddha heard of it he made a rule allowing n …

belaṭṭhānika →

dppn

BelaṭṭhānikaBelaṭṭhakāni

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how the spiritual life is wasted in gluttony. Thag.101

beluva →

dppn

…The householder Dasama of Aṭṭhakanāgara sought him there, amid their conversation is recorded in the Aṭṭhakanāgara Sutta. MN.i.349ff.

bhadda →

dppn

Bhadda1

A lay disciple of Nādikā who, the Buddha declared, had destroyed the five lower fetters and had been born in the highest deva worlds, thence to pass away entirely. DN.ii.92

Bhadda …

bhāradvāja →

dppn

…Kosala. Kasi Bhāradvāja, Kaṭṭhahāra Bhāradvāja and Navakammika Bhāradvāja became lay disciples.

The Elder Piṇḍola also belonged to…

buddha →

dppn

BuddhaBhagavāTathāgataSiddhatthaGotamaSugataSatthā

The Awakened one, the founder and teacher of the Buddha-dhamma. His personal name was Siddhattha Gotama, and he was a Khattiya of the Sakiyan clan. …

bāhiya →

dppn

Bāhiya1Dārucīriya

As an ascetic, he came himself to believe that he had attained arahantship, but a devatā, reading his thoughts and wishing him well, pointed out to him his error and ad …

bārānasī →

dppn

BārānasīBenares

The capital of Kāsi-janapada. It was one of the four places of pilgrimage for the Buddhists - the others being Kapilavatthu, Buddhagayā and Kusināra - because it was at, the Migadā …

cakkavatti →

dppn

…Bālapaṇḍita and Ambaṭṭha Suttas. SN.v.98

From the Mahāpadāna Sutta it would appear that the birth of a Cakkavatti is attended by…

cātummahārājikā →

dppn

…of the four quarters: Dhataraṭṭha of the East, Virūḷhaka of the South, Virūpakkha of the West, and Vessarana of the North. DN.ii.207f.

dakkhiṇāpatha →

dppn

In the old Pāḷi literature the name Dakkhiṇāpatha would seem to indicate only a remote settlement or colony on the banks of the upper Godāvarī. Thus, we are told that Bāvarī had his hermitage in Dakkh …

dasama →

dppn

A householder of Aṭṭhakanāgara. One day, having finished some business which took him to Pāṭaliputta, he visited the Kukkuṭārāma to call…

dhataraṭṭha →

dppn

…Sutta.

Dhataraṭṭha2

There were two kings of this name, contemporaries and vassals of Reṇu. One of these two was…

doṇa →

dppn

…on the road between Ukkaṭṭha and Setavyā. He saw the Buddha’s footprints and, following them, he came upon the Buddha seated at the…

gandhabbā →

dppn

…nymphs. Their king is Dhataraṭṭha, ruler of the eastern quarter. DN.ii.257 Other chieftains are also mentioned:. DN.ii.258 Panāda, Opamañña,…

gomagga →

dppn

A spot in Siṃsapāvana near Āḷavī. The Buddha once stayed there during the cold season and was visited by Hatthaka Āḷavaka. AN.i.136

26.02841, 83.529053park

gotama →

dppn

Gotama1BuddhaSiddhatthaSakyamunīTathāgataAṅgīrasa

He was a Sākiyan, son of Suddhodana and of Mahā Māyā, Suddhodana’s chief consort, and he belonged to the Gotama-gotta. At age 29 he depar …

hatthaka →

dppn

Hatthaka1

A monk. He was a Sākyan and loved holding discussions with the heretics. When he suffered defeat at their hands, he would resort to falsehood and evasion, or would ask his oppone …

hatthāroha →

dppn

A headman of Rājagaha who visited the Buddha and asked him what destiny awaited him after death. The Buddha reluctantly replied that he would be born in the Sārañjita hell. SN.iv.310

hatthārohaputta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of taming this mind like an elephant. Thag.77

iccānaṅgala →

dppn

…the Buddha preached the Ambaṭṭha Sutta. DN.i.87 From this sutta, the village would seem to have been near Pokkharasādi’s domain of…

inda →

dppn

…ninety-one sons of Dhataraṭṭha, king of the Gandhabbas. They are represented as being of great strength and followers of the Buddha….

jenta →

dppn

Jenta1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how the contemplation of impermanence helps to cope with the sufferings of life. Thag.111

Jenta2Purohitaputta

A monk whose Thera …

kammāsadhamma →

dppn

KammāsadhammaKammāsadammaKammasadammaKammasadhamma

A township of the Kurūs. The Buddha, during the course of his wanderings, stayed there several times; the exact place of his residence is, however, …

kandaraka →

dppn

A wandering ascetic who visited the Buddha at Campā, on the banks of Lake Gaggarā together with Pessa the elephant trainer’s son. Pessa saluted the Buddha and sat down, while Kandaraka, after his salu …

kapilavatthu →

dppn

A city near the Himalaya, capital of the Sākiyan republic. The administration and judicial business of the city and all other matters of importance were discussed and decided in the Santhāgārasālā. DN …

kassapa →

dppn

…present day. For details see Aṭṭhaka.

Kassapa5

See also Acela Kassapa, Uruvelā Kassapa, Kumāra°, Gayā°, Dasabala°, Nadī°,…

kaṇhāyanā →

dppn

The name of the family to which belonged Ambaṭṭha. DN.i.93 The family was descended from a sage named Kaṇha.

kaṇṇakatthala →

dppn

A deer-park in Ujuññā. There the Buddha sometimes stayed; he was once visited there by Acela Kassapa, to whom he preached the Kassapasīhanāda Sutta, DN.i.161 and again by Pasenadi, king of Kosala; to …

kaṭṭhakā →

dppn

KaṭṭhakāKathakā

A class of devas present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.261

korabya →

dppn

…According to the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta, MN.ii.65 Thag.776.ff. in the Buddha’s day, too, the ruler of Kuru was called Koravyarājā,…

kosala →

dppn

…AN.iii.341 AN.iv.340 Ukkaṭṭha, DN.i.87 Ekasālā, SN.i.111 Opasāda, MN.ii.164 Kesaputta of the Kālāmas, AN.i.188 Candalakappa, MN.ii.209…

kukkuṭārāma →

dppn

…the householder Dasama of Aṭṭhakanāgara going there to enquire as to his whereabouts.AN.v.342 MN.i.349 At a later date it was the residence…

kuru →

dppn

…Kurus, is recounted in the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta.MN.ii.65ff. Koravya had a park called Migacīra. Discourses to the Kurus include the…

kuṇḍaliya →

dppn

A Paribbājaka who visits the Buddha at the Añjanavana in Sāketa. He asks the Buddha what profit comes from the Buddha’s way of living.

The conversation leads to a discussion of the bojjhangas, the sa …

kāsi →

dppn

…one of whom, Dhataraṭṭha, was its king in the time of Reṇu. DN.ii.235f. There seem to have been frequent wars between the…

kūṭāgārasālā →

dppn

A hall in the Mahāvana near Vesāli. The Buddha stayed there on several occasions, and in the books are found records of various eminent persons who visited him there and of his conversations with them …

maddarūpi →

dppn

MaddarūpiKhuddarūpi

Daughter of Okkāka and wife of Kaṇha, ancestor of Ambaṭṭha. DN.i.96f.

mahāmoggallāna →

dppn

MahāmoggallānaMoggallānaKolita

The second of the Chief Disciples of the Buddha. He and Sāriputta went forth as disciples of Sañjaya. After some time, Sāriputta, wandering about in Rājagaha, met Assaj …

medakathalikā →

dppn

The pupil of a “bamboo acrobat” of long ago. His master called to him one day and asked him to climb the bamboo and to stand on his shoulder. Then the master suggested that they should watch and look …

migacīra →

dppn

A park near Indapatta, where Raṭṭhapāla Thera stayed. MN.ii.65

28.69299, 77.178953park

mānadinna →

dppn

A householder of Rājagaha. When he lay ill he was visited by Ānanda, to whom he confessed that even in his illness he practiced the four satipaṭṭhāna. He was quite free from the five lower fetters. SN.v.178

mānatthaddha →

dppn

Mānatthaddha1

A brahmin of Sāvatthī who, because of his great pride respected no one. One day he came upon the Buddha preaching to a large crowd of people and stood near, on one side. The …

okkāka →

dppn

…and the Kolians.

In the Ambaṭṭha Sutta DN.i.92 it is stated that Okkāka, being fond of his queen and wishing to transfer the kingdom to her…

pañcāla →

dppn

…of the sixteen Great Nations. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252

Pañcāla was to the east of the Kuru…

pokkharasāti →

dppn

…given by Pasenadi. Ambaṭṭha was the pupil of Pokkharasāti, who sent him to the Buddha at Icchānaṅgala to discover if the report of…

raṭṭhapāla →

dppn

…and had often heard of Raṭṭhapāla’s fame, visited him. Their conversation is recorded in the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta. MN.ii.54ff.

The…

reṇu →

dppn

Son and successor of King Disampati. On the death of his father Reṇu, with the advice and co operation of his chief steward Jotipāla, who was also his great friend, divided his kingdom into seven part …

sanaṅkumāra →

dppn

A Mahā Brahmā, whose name means “ever young”. In the Nikāyas DN.i.121 MN.i.358 SN.i.153 AN.v.327 he is mentioned as the author of a famous verse, which is eleswhere attribued to the Buddha. SN.ii.284 …

satthā →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

sañjaya →

dppn

Sañjaya1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that since going forth he has not had any hate. Thag.48

Sañjaya2

In the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta Viḍūḍabha tells the Buddha that it was …

setabyā →

dppn

…DN.ii.316 near which was Ukkaṭṭha.

The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.ii.37 records a conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin Doṇa, whom the…

sirivaḍḍha →

dppn

Sirivaḍḍha1

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of meditating in the cleft of Mounts Vebhāra and Paṇḍava while the lightning flashes. Thag.41

Sirivaḍḍha2

A minister of Pasena …

siviraṭṭha →

dppn

SiviraṭṭhaSiveyyaka

The country of the Sivi people, famous for its cloth, which was called Siveyyaka. Vin.i.278 Pajjota gave a pair of robes of…

siṃsapāvana →

dppn

Siṃsapāvana1

A grove in Āḷavī, where the Buddha stayed in the Gomagga and was visited by Hatthaka of Āḷavī. AN.i.136

26.12098, 83.34133parkSiṃsapāvana2Sīsapāvane

A grove in Ko …

soṇa →

dppn

…he recited the whole of the Aṭṭhakavagga. At the end of the recital the Buddha congratulated him. Soṇa asked for the relaxation of sive…

subhagavana →

dppn

A wood in Ukkaṭṭha. Once, when the Buddha was there, he visited the Avihā gods DN.ii.50 and, again, from there he visited Baka Brahmā, to whom…

sākya →

dppn

A tribe in North India, to which the Buddha belonged. Their capital was Kapilavatthu. Mention is also made of other Sākyan settlements - e.g., Cātumā, Khomadussa, Sāmagāma, Devadaha, Sīlavatī, Nagara …

sūrambaṭṭha →

dppn

An eminent lay disciple, declared by the Buddha foremost among his followers in unwavering loyalty. AN.i.26 AN.iii.451

thullakoṭṭhika →

dppn

ThullakoṭṭhikaThullakoṭṭhita

A township in the Kuru country. It was the birthplace of Raṭṭhapāla, and it was there that the Buddha stayed during a tour among the Kurus. MN.ii.54 SN.ii.118

Kuru3town

ukkaṭṭha →

dppn

…a road which connected Ukkaṭṭha with Setavyā. AN.ii.37

It was in the Subhagavana at Ukkaṭṭha that the Mūlapariyāya Sutta MN.i.1ff.

uruvelā →

dppn

UruvelāSenānigamaUruvelapattana

A locality on the banks of the Nerañjara, in the neighbourhood of the Bodhi-tree at Buddhagayā. MN.i.166 The place chosen by the Bodhisatta for his penances was calle …

uruññā →

dppn

Uruññā UjuññāUguññāUdaññaUjjuññā

A district and a town in Kosala. Once when the Buddha was staying at the Deer Park in Kaṇṇakatthala in the neighbourhood of the city, Pasenadi, who happened to be at …

vajirapāṇi →

dppn

…question.

Two instances of this are given in the books—once in the case of Ambaṭṭha, DN.i.95 and again in that of Saccaka Nigaṇṭhaputta….

viḍūḍabha →

dppn

ViḍūḍabhaViḍūḍabha

Son of Pasenadi and Vāsabhakhattiyā. Both in the Piyajātika Sutta MN.ii.110 and the Kaṇṇakatthala Suttas. MN.ii.127 Viḍūḍabha is spoken of as general.

yakkha →

dppn

…air, threatening to kill Ambaṭṭha, if he does not answer the Buddha’s question the third time he is asked. In many cases the Yakkhas are…

ānanda →

dppn

One of the principal disciples of the Buddha. He was a first cousin of the Buddha and was deeply attached to him. Ānanda entered the Order in the second year of the Buddha’s ministry, together with ot …

āḷavī →

dppn

Āḷavī1

A town between Sāvatthī and Rājagaha. The Buddha goes from Sāvatthī to Kīṭāgiri, thence to Āḷavī, and finally, to Rājagaha. The Buddha, on several occasions, stayed at Āḷavī at the …

ariya-aṭṭhaṅgika-magga →

farkas

nemes nyolcrétű ösvény

atthangama →

farkas

elmúlás, eltűnés

kammaṭṭhāna →

farkas

a meditáció tárgya, gyakorlási terület

satipaṭṭhāna →

farkas

az éberség megalapozása

abbhantara →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) interior, internal; being within, included in, among; belonging to one ’s house, personal, intimate.
  2. (n.)
    1. intermediate space, interval; the inside, interior.
    2. a measure of leng …

abbhatthaṃ gacchati →

ncped

disappears, comes to an end

abbhatthaṃ →

ncped

towards home, towards setting.

abbhatthaṃ yāti →

ncped

disappears, comes to an end

abhimatthana →

ncped

rotating, rubbing together.

abhimatthati →

ncped

churns, rotates (to make fire); rubs, grinds; afflicts, hurts

abhipatthaya →

ncped

abhipatthayana →

ncped

abhipatthayat →

ncped

abhipatthayati →

ncped

longs for, wishes; desires

abhippavaṭṭha →

ncped

  1. (act.) having rained.
  2. (pass.) rained upon

abhivaṭṭha →

ncped

(pass.) rained upon

abhivissattha →

ncped

trusting; confident in.

abhiṭhāna →

ncped

deadly crime (one of the six great crimes: mātughāta, pitughāta, arahantaghāta, lohituppāda, saṅghabheda, aññasatthāruddesa)

accokkaṭṭha →

ncped

(of a robe) pulled down too far.

accukkaṭṭha →

ncped

(a a robe) pulled up too high.

adhivattha →

ncped

adhivattha1

pp mfn. (act.) living in, inhabiting (loc).

adhivattha2

pp mfn. accepted; consented to

aggalaṭṭhapana →

ncped

the placing or vising of a door-bolt or door-panel

aggupaṭṭhāka →

ncped

the chief personal (male) attendant

akatahattha →

ncped

akattha →

ncped

akaṭṭhapāka →

ncped

ripening in uncultivated ground; growing wild

alamattha →

ncped

able; competent

alamatthadasatara →

ncped

more competent to see what is beneficial; wiser

alamatthatara →

ncped

more competent.

alamatthavicintaka →

ncped

able to discern the goal or what is beneficial

anattha →

ncped

not the goal; disadvantage; harm; what is unprofitable, useless

anatthadassi →

ncped

not seing the goal or what is beneficial

anatthadassin →

ncped

not seing the goal or what is beneficial

anatthajanana →

ncped

producing harm

anatthaka →

ncped

of no meaning or use; hurtful.

anatthakāma →

ncped

not wishing the beneficial, profit of; not wishing (one) well

anatthasaṃhita →

ncped

anatthasaṃhita1

neg. mfn. not connected with the goal; not useful, not profitable; not having meaning

anatthasaṃhita2

neg. mfn. connected with harm, harmful

anatthata →

ncped

not covered; (of the kaṭhina) not properly covered; (of the kaṭhina robe-making and ritual) not properly carried out, not properly performed

anatthavādi →

ncped

not speaking about the goal or what is beneficial

anatthavādin →

ncped

not speaking about the goal or what is beneficial

anavattha →

ncped

unstable; not lasting.

anavatthacārikā →

ncped

wandering in an unsettled way (not staying long anywhere)

antaraṭṭhaka →

ncped

occuring between the aṭṭhakā days

anupasaṭṭha →

ncped

free from trouble; free from affliction

anupassaṭṭha →

ncped

free from trouble; free from affliction

anāgatattha →

ncped

who was not attained the goal

anīkaṭṭha →

ncped

soldier, esp. a royal guard or bodyguard

apakaṭṭha →

ncped

drawn away, removed (from); loose

apakkaṭṭha →

ncped

drawn away, removed (from); loose

apattha →

ncped

thrown away.

apatthaddha →

ncped

relying on (loc.)

apatthaṭa →

ncped

strewn (with), covered.

appasattha →

ncped

with a small caravan

appaṭṭha →

ncped

concerned with few or small affairs; involving little exertion; having little to do; having few needs

appaṭṭhatara →

ncped

less difficult

assattha →

ncped

assattha1

masculine the holy fig tree ficus religiosa.

assattha2

pp mfn. revived, recovered; comforted

assatthara →

ncped

(a bed covered) with a horse-blanket

atta-d-attha →

ncped

atta-d-attha

m.a one’s own profit or interest; one’s own goal

attakāma →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) (sometimes confused with atthakāma) wishing one’s own (spiritual) benefit.
  2. (m.) one’s own desire, lust; the saṅghādisesa offences of (praising the ministering to one’s) lust

atthabaddha →

ncped

bound to (one) for the meaning

atthacara →

ncped

who is helpful, who does good, brings benefit; who serves

atthacaraka →

ncped

(-ikā)n.

atthacariyā →

ncped

conduct bringing benefit, helpful conduct; esp. benevolent behavior, helpful advice

atthadassi →

ncped

seeing the goal or what is beneficial

atthadassin →

ncped

seeing the goal or what is beneficial

atthagama →

ncped

annihilation, disappearance.

atthagata →

ncped

  1. set (of the sun).
  2. disappeared; destroyed.

atthajāta →

ncped

having some need or task

atthakaraṇa →

ncped

(the place for) dealing with lawsuits; seat of judgment, courtroom

atthakathā →

ncped

profitable talk, talk of the goal

atthakavi →

ncped

didactic poet

atthakkhāyi →

ncped

declaring the goal or what is beneficial

atthakkhāyin →

ncped

declaring the goal or what is beneficial

atthakāma →

ncped

  1. wishing the benefit, profit (of, gen.); wishing (one) well.
  2. desiring the goal

atthakāmi →

ncped

wishing one well

atthakāmin →

ncped

wishing one well

atthantara →

ncped

taking the goal or meaning to heart; intent on the goal or meaning

atthanusiṭṭhi →

ncped

administration of practical affairs or policy

atthapada →

ncped

profitable saying; word of good sense

atthapaṭisambhidā →

ncped

analysis of the meaning

atthapucchana →

ncped

questioning about the aim

atthapurekkhāra →

ncped

aiming at the meaning, or at the benefit

attharati →

ncped

spreads out, spreads; spreads over, covers; lays out; esp. kaṭhinam attharati, covers the kaṭhina, participates in the kaṭhina robe-making and ritual.

attharaṇa →

ncped

covering, carpet; laying out.

attharitabba →

ncped

attharitvā →

ncped

atthasaṃhita →

ncped

connected with the goal; useful, profitable; having meaning

atthata →

ncped

covered; (of the kaṭhina) properly covered; (of the kaṭhina robe-making and ritual) properly carried out, properly performed

atthava →

ncped

  1. profitable; significant.
  2. possessing the goal; or possessing worldly knowledge

atthavasa →

ncped

reason; motive

atthavasi →

ncped

pursuing an aim

atthavasika →

ncped

pursuing an aim; pursuing the goal

atthavasin →

ncped

pursuing an aim

atthavat →

ncped

  1. profitable; significant.
  2. possessing the goal; or possessing worldly knowledge

atthaveda →

ncped

knowledge or joy in the goal, or the practice

atthavādi →

ncped

speaking about the goal or what is beneficial

atthavādin →

ncped

speaking about the goal or what is beneficial

atthaññū →

ncped

ū knowing the means; knowing the goal; knowing the meaning

atthaṃ anubhavati →

ncped

serves the interest, the purpose (of, gen.); benefits

atthaṃ anubhoti →

ncped

serves the interest, the purpose (of, gen.); benefits

atthaṃ →

ncped

for the sake of; for the purpose of

atthaṭakaṭhina →

ncped

who has participated in the kaṭhina robe-making (and is therefore eligible for the five concessions)

atthāra →

ncped

spreading, covering (the kaṭhina); performing the kaṭhina robe-making and ritual; displaying the kaṭhina robe.

atthāraka →

ncped

(one) who covers (the kaṭhina); who supervises the communal robe-making and ritual.

atthāya →

ncped

for the benefit of; for the sake of (gen.)

atītaṭṭha →

ncped

who has missed his profit

avalekhanakaṭṭha →

ncped

scraping stick.

avatthasi →

ncped

avaṭṭhasi →

ncped

añña-d-attha →

ncped

añña-d-attha

masculine another object or aim

aññattha →

ncped

somewhere else, anywhere else, elsewhere.

aññatthācariyaka →

ncped

following a different teaching

aḍḍhaṭṭhama →

ncped

seven and a half

aṭṭhacattārīsa →

ncped

aṭṭhacattālīsaaṭṭhacattālīsaṃaṭṭhacattāḷīsaaṭṭhacattāḷīsaṃ

num. forty eight

aṭṭhacattārīsaṃ →

ncped

aṭṭhacattālīsaaṭṭhacattālīsaṃaṭṭhacattāḷīsaaṭṭhacattāḷīsaṃ

num. forty eight

aṭṭhadhā →

ncped

in eight parts

aṭṭhadoṇa →

ncped

num. divided into eight measures

aṭṭhaguṇaṃ →

ncped

eight times; eight times as much

aṭṭhaha →

ncped

or masculine a period of eight days

aṭṭhaka →

ncped

group of eight; a whole consisting of eight parts; a section consisting of groups of eights.

aṭṭhakavaggiya →

ncped

belonging to the Aṭṭhakavagga of the Suttanipāta; (Snp 766–975).

aṭṭhakā →

ncped

the eighth day after the full moon in the two winter months; the festival held at that time.

aṭṭhama →

ncped

(~ā & ~ī) n. & ~ī feminine

  1. (mfn.) the eighth.
  2. (f., scil. ratti) the eighth day or night; esp. the eight day or night of the lunar half-month.

aṭṭhapada →

ncped

checkered board (for gambling or playing drafts, chess, etc)

aṭṭhapadaka →

ncped

cross weaving; a darn (in appearance like a checkered board)

aṭṭhapadakatā →

ncped

arranged in an aṭṭhapada, plaited eightfold

aṭṭhaparivatta →

ncped

consisting of eight items

aṭṭharasa →

ncped

num. & mfn. 18

aṭṭhasataṃ →

ncped

num. one hundred eight

aṭṭhasaṭṭhi →

ncped

num. sixty eight

aṭṭhasaṭṭhiṃ →

ncped

num. (same as aṭṭhasaṭṭhi)

aṭṭhatālīsa →

ncped

num. forty eight

aṭṭhatālīsaṃ →

ncped

num. forty eight

aṭṭhatāḷīsa →

ncped

num.

aṭṭhatāḷīsaṃ →

ncped

num.

aṭṭhavatthuka →

ncped

connected with eight bases or grounds

aṭṭhavācika →

ncped

involving eight proclamations

aṭṭhavīsaṃ →

ncped

num. & mfn. twenty eight

aṭṭhaṃsa →

ncped

octagonal, eight-faceted

aṭṭhaṅgamagga →

ncped

the eightfold path; the path with eight constituent parts

aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata →

ncped

  1. characterised by eight parts (i.e. by observance of the first eight precepts); having eight constituent parts.
  2. possessed of eight good qualities or of eight faults

aṭṭhaṅgasumāgata →

ncped

well joined with the eight parts; well endowed with eight parts or with eight qualities

aṭṭhaṅgasumāhita →

ncped

well joined or endowed with eight parts

aṭṭhaṅgika →

ncped

having eight constituents, being made up of eight (intrinsic) parts.

aṭṭhaṅgula →

ncped

of eight finger-breadths; to the extent of eight finger-breadths

aṭṭhaṅguli →

ncped

to the height or extent of eight finger-breadths

aṭṭhaṅgupeta →

ncped

characterized by the eight parts or factors (i.e. by the observance of the first eight precepts)

aṭṭhādasa →

ncped

num. eighteen

aṭṭhānavuti →

ncped

num. ninety eight

aṭṭhārasaka →

ncped

group of eighteen.

aṭṭhārasama →

ncped

eighteenth

catuhattha →

ncped

measuring four hattha measures; four hattha measures.

chaṭṭha →

ncped

(~ā ~ī)n. sixth.

cirappanaṭṭha →

ncped

long disappeared.

corīvaṭṭhāpana →

ncped

ordaining a (female) thief.

dantakaṭṭha →

ncped

tooth stick (used to clean the teeth)

dattha →

ncped

of dassati

daṇḍasatthaka →

ncped

knife with a handle.

daṭṭha →

ncped

of ḍaṃsa bitten

daṭṭhabba →

ncped

to be seen; to be considered as

daṭṭhar →

ncped

one who sees.

daṭṭhayya →

ncped

dhammaṭṭha →

ncped

  1. (one) who abides by what is right or is the rule; just; rightly based; firm in dhamma.
  2. (one) who abides in justice; a judge; an adjudicator.

dhotapaccatthara →

ncped

rug (for when one has) washed feet (?)

dhuvaṭṭhāniya →

ncped

belonging to a fixed place.

domanassaṭṭhāniya →

ncped

being a cause of dejection.

dunnivattha →

ncped

of nivattha

  1. (mfn.) improperly dressed.
  2. (n.) improper, scanty dress

dupaṭṭhāka →

ncped

difficult to attend or nurse

durābhaṭṭha →

ncped

badly or wrongly spoken.

dūpaṭṭhāka →

ncped

difficult to attend or nurse

ekattha →

ncped

ekattha1

ind. in one place; in one and the same place; in only one place.

ekattha2

mfn. having one meaning; having the same sense

ekaṭṭha →

ncped

having one meaning; having the same sense

esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhita →

ncped

as firm or enduring as a pillar

gahaṭṭha →

ncped

one who lives in a house; a house holder; a lay-person.

gahaṭṭhaka →

ncped

belonging to or suitable for one who lives in a house.

gahaṭṭhā →

ncped

gandhabbahatthaka →

ncped

wooden instrument for rubbing the body with powder while bathing.

gihinivattha →

ncped

the kind or style of (under) garment worn by a householder.

gihinivattham →

ncped

adverb masculine in the way a householder wears his (under) garments.

goṇakatthata →

ncped

spread with a woolen cover.

issattha →

ncped

archery.

janapadatthāvariya →

ncped

stability in or of the country.

janapadatthāvariyapatta →

ncped

who has achieved stability in the country, whose country is stable; whose position is secure.

jatumaṭṭhaka →

ncped

stick of gum or resin (used as a dildo)

jālāhatthapāda →

ncped

with “netted” hands and feet, prob. with hands and feet marked with a network of lines (one of the 32 marks of a mahapurisa)

kammaṭṭhāna →

ncped

kind of activity; occupation

kappaṭṭha →

ncped

staying for an eon

kappaṭṭhāyi →

ncped

lasting for an eon

kappaṭṭhāyin →

ncped

lasting for an eon

katahattha →

ncped

well practiced, skilled (esp. in archery)

kattha →

ncped

interrog. adv. where? in what, in reference to what? to whom? wherein? wherefore?; preceded by yattha: wherever; anywhere whatsoever; in whatsoever.

katthaci →

ncped

(and, before eva, katthacid), anywhere, somewhere; in or on something; in or on some …; in some places

katthacina →

ncped

anywhere; on any ground

katthapariyāpann →

ncped

included in, belonging to, which?

kaṃsapattharika →

ncped

dealer in metal (goods)

kaṅkhaṭṭhānīya →

ncped

being a source of doubts, causing uncertainty

kaṅkhāṭṭhānīya →

ncped

being a source of doubts, causing uncertainty

kaṇṭakaṭṭhāna →

ncped

thorny place, an area of thorn

kaṭhina →

ncped

kaṭhina

neuter a framework (covered with a mat) to which the cloth for making robes was attached while being sewn; esp. kaṭhinaṃ attharati

  1. spreads or covers the kaṭhina, i.e. makes a robe u …

kaṭhinattharaṇa →

ncped

the covering of the kaṭhina ; the communal robe making and its ritual

kaṭhinatthāra →

ncped

the covering of the kaṭhina ; the communal robe making and its ritual

kaṭhinatthāraka →

ncped

one who covers the kaṭhina ; who supervises the making of the robe (which becomes his)

kaṭṭha →

ncped

kaṭṭha1

neuter wood; a piece of wood, a stick, a twig; esp. wood used as fuel, kindling, firewood.

kaṭṭha2

pp mfn….

kaṭṭhahāra →

ncped

~ī, feminine one who gathers sticks or firewood

kaṭṭhahāraka →

ncped

(-ikā) (one) who gathers sticks or firewood

kaṭṭhaka →

ncped

kind of reed or bamboo.

kaṭṭhapuñja →

ncped

pile of sticks, a heap of firewood

kaṭṭhatumba →

ncped

wooden vessel, a wooden water pot

kaṭṭhatāla →

ncped

wooden key

khīlaṭṭhāyiṭhita →

ncped

standing as immovable post

kimatthaṃ →

ncped

for what purpose? what for? why?

kimatthāya →

ncped

for what purpose? what for? why?

kulatthayūsa →

ncped

soup of kulattha.

kumbhaṭṭhānakthā →

ncped

talk at the well or ford, gossip; scullery-maids’ or prostitutes’ gossip

kururaṭṭharu →

ncped

with badly inflamed wound (?).

kāsāvavattha →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāsāyavattha →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe; wearing yellowish red clothes

kāsāyavatthavasana →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kūṭaṭṭha →

ncped

immovable, unchangeable as a (mountain) peak

navaṭṭhānika →

ncped

connected with nine occasions or matters

naṅgalakaṭṭhakaraṇa →

ncped

or mfn. of naṅgala (a place) where there has been plowing (?)

naṭṭha →

ncped

lost, lost to sight; disappeared; perished; spoiled; come to nothing, fruitless.

naṭṭhacīvarikā →

ncped

whose robe is lost.

neyyattha →

ncped

whose meaning is not evident or straightforward, but requires interpretation or bringing out.

nikaṭṭha →

ncped

brought down; controlled (?)

nikaṭṭhacitta →

ncped

mentally controlled.

nikaṭṭhakāya →

ncped

physically controlled.

nikkaṭṭha →

ncped

drawn away; withdrawn.

nikkaṭṭhacitta →

ncped

mentally withdrawn or apart.

nikkaṭṭhakāya →

ncped

physically withdrawn or apart.

nirattha →

ncped

unprofitable, useless

niratthaka →

ncped

unprofitable; useless; meaningless.

niratthakaṃ →

ncped

(~ā, ~ikā)n. useless; to no purpose.

nissaṭṭha →

ncped

of nissajjati let go; set free; given up; handed over, surrendered; let fly, Thrown

nivattha →

ncped

(~entī)n.

    1. clothed in or with; wearing (esp. an under-garment)
    2. worn; used.
  1. (m.n.) clothing; an (undergarment)

nītattha →

ncped

whose meaning is brought out, determined, evident, explicit.

ojaṭṭhāyi →

ncped

resting on or supported by its vigor or vitality

ojaṭṭhāyin →

ncped

resting on or supported by its vigor or vitality

omaṭṭha →

ncped

struck, pierced, struck downwards (from above); made with a downward stroke; (a hole or cut) made with a downward stroke or facing downwards

ossaṭṭha →

ncped

let go, released; thrown; abandoned

ossaṭṭhakāya →

ncped

with one’s form abandoned, abandoning one’s body

ovaṭṭha →

ncped

rained upon; exposed to the rain

sukaṭṭha →

ncped

well plowed, well cultivated

sukusalasampahaṭṭha →

ncped

polished skilfully, polished by a very skilful worker

supaṭṭhāka →

ncped

easy to attend or nurse

sāttha →

ncped

having a purpose; useful; having a meaning; significant; with it; s meaning or purpose

sūpaṭṭhāka →

ncped

easy to attend or nurse

tadekaṭṭha →

ncped

standing together with that, conjoined with that.

tatraṭṭha →

ncped

being there; belonging to that place.

tattha →

ncped

adverb

  1. there, in that place.
  2. there, to that place.
  3. as loc. of ta(d): in that; in regard to that; in that case; on that occasion.
  4. as correlative to yattha.
  5. (repeated): in that and that …

tatthajātaka →

ncped

growing there; having its origin there.

tatthaparinibbāyi →

ncped

who realizes nibbāna there, in that state.

tatthaparinibbāyin →

ncped

who realizes nibbāna there, in that state.

thalaṭṭha →

ncped

being or living on dry land; being on high ground.

theyyasattha →

ncped

dishonest caravan.

tiroraṭṭha →

ncped

another (distant) kingdom.

tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇakasaṭa →

ncped

tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭa →

ncped

rubbish of (dead) grass, twigs, and leaves.

tiṇavatthāraka →

ncped

“a covering of grass”, one of the seven adhikaraṇasamatha (method of setting a case or dispute)

tomarahattha →

ncped

with lance in hand.

ubbhaṭṭhaka →

ncped

standing upright

ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭha →

ncped

smooth on both sides

ubhayattha →

ncped

in both places; in both respects.

uccaṭṭhāniya →

ncped

(one) of high rank

uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭha →

ncped

the bite of an uccāliṅga

udakupasaṭṭhā →

ncped

let go, handed over (in marriage) with (the pouring of) water

udakupassaṭṭhā →

ncped

let go, handed over (in marriage) with (the pouring of) water

udayatthagāmi →

ncped

directed to rise and fall; relating to arising and passing away

udayatthagāmin →

ncped

directed to rise and fall; relating to arising and passing away

uddhumāta →

ncped

inflated; swollen, bloated; the bloated (corpse, as asubha kammatthāna.

uddhumātaka →

ncped

swollen; bloated, esp. of a corpse; the bloated (corpse, as asubha kammatthāna.

ugghaṭṭha →

ncped

rubbed; scratched

ukkaṭṭha →

ncped

raised, exalted; highest, superior; big, bigger, biggest

upakaṭṭha →

ncped

drawn near, near; drawing near (esp. of time)

upasaṭṭha →

ncped

troubled, afflicted, visited by troubles; trouble, affliction

upassaṭṭha →

ncped

troubled, afflicted, visited by troubles; trouble, affliction

upatthaddha →

ncped

  1. supported; sustained.
  2. stiff, proud; haughty.

upaṭṭhahanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upaṭṭhahati →

ncped

stands near, stands by; places oneself by; presents oneself; is present, appears; stands near in order to serve, serves, attends (+ acc., occasionally + dat./gen.); tends; worships

upaṭṭhaheti →

ncped

stands near, stands by; places oneself by; presents oneself; is present, appears; stands near in order to serve, serves, attends (+ acc., occasionally + dat./gen.); tends; worships

upaṭṭhahiyamāna →

ncped

upaṭṭhahiṃ →

ncped

upaṭṭhahiṃsū →

ncped

upaṭṭhapana →

ncped

producing, bringing about; arranging attendance; having (someone) served or cared for

upaṭṭhapayati →

ncped

brings near, provides; procures, fetches; makes serve or attend, employs; causes to appear, brings about

upaṭṭhapeti →

ncped

brings near, provides; procures, fetches; makes serve or attend, employs; causes to appear, brings about

upaṭṭhābba →

ncped

upaṭṭhāka →

ncped

(~ī)n. & m. feminine

  1. (mfn.) serving, attending, supporting.
  2. (m.f.) one who serves or supports; a personal attendant; a nurse.

upaṭṭhāna →

ncped

going near, keeping close to; presence, appearance; serving, waiting on, attendance; worshiping.

upaṭṭhānasālā →

ncped

audience hall, assembly hall

upaṭṭhāpana →

ncped

producing, bringing about; arranging attendance; having (someone) served or cared for

upaṭṭhāpaya →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpayat →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpayati →

ncped

brings near, provides; procures, fetches; makes serve or attend, employs; causes to appear, brings about

upaṭṭhāpesi →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpeta →

ncped

one who causes (someone) to serve; attend.

upaṭṭhāpetabba →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpetar →

ncped

one who causes (someone) to serve; attend.

upaṭṭhāpeti →

ncped

brings near, provides; procures, fetches; makes serve or attend, employs; causes to appear, brings about

upaṭṭhāpetvā →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpetvāna →

ncped

upaṭṭhāpittha →

ncped

upaṭṭhāsi →

ncped

upaṭṭhāsiṃ →

ncped

upaṭṭhāti →

ncped

stands near, stands by; places oneself by; presents oneself; is present, appears; stands near in order to serve, serves, attends (+ acc., occasionally + dat./gen.); tends; worships

upaṭṭhātuṃ →

ncped

uttamattha →

ncped

the supreme goal; the highest good

āharahattha →

ncped

or mfn. (giving a) hold for the hands.

āharati →

ncped

  1. brings, fetches, conveys; takes, collects; uses.
  2. satthaṃ ~ati, ~eti, takes the knife, kills oneself

āhareti →

ncped

  1. brings, fetches, conveys; takes, collects; uses.
  2. satthaṃ ~ati, ~eti, takes the knife, kills oneself

ākāsaṭṭha →

ncped

living in the sky; being in the sky; being in the air

āmaṭṭha →

ncped

touched; touched upon; considered; touching

āpadatthā →

ncped

(for use) in case of misfortune or accident

āpadatthāya →

ncped

(for use) in case of misfortune or accident

āruppaṭṭhayi →

ncped

being or living in a formless or immaterial existence

āruppaṭṭhayin →

ncped

being or living in a formless or immaterial existence

āsavaṭṭhaniya →

ncped

being a basis or cause of afflictions; being a basis or cause of the āsavas

ḍaṭṭha →

ncped

bitten

alcohol prohibition →

nyana

[[alcohol prohibition]]Alcohol restriction: see: surāmeraya - majja - ppamādatthānā. The 5th training rule.

analysis of the 4 elements →

nyana

[[analysis of the 4 elements]]Analysis of the 4 primary elements: dhātu-vavatthāna

anattā →

nyana

Anattā: No-self, egolessness, soullessness, impersonality, absence of identity, is the last of the 3 universal characteristics of existence ti-lakkhana. This anattā doctrine, which only is t …

anupassanā →

nyana

Anupassanā: Contemplation, deep reflection, profound consideration:
The 4 fold: see: satipatthāna.
The 18 fold: see: vipassanā.
The 7 fold: The seven contemplations:
1: Contemplating c …

association →

nyana

Association: sampayutta-paccaya is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya. *

Asubha:* Impurity, loathsomeness, foulness, disgust. - In Vis.M VI, it is the cemetery contemplations * …

attentiveness →

nyana

Attentiveness: Attention, awareness or mindfulness; see: sati satipatthāna.

attha-patisambhidā →

nyana

Attha-patisambhidā: The ‘analytical knowledge of meaning’, is one of the 4 kinds of analytical knowledge patisambhidā.

atthangika-magga →

nyana

Atthangika-magga: The Noble 8-Fold Path see: Magga.

attā →

nyana

Attā: Self, ego, personality, soul, is in Buddhism a mere conventional expression vohāradesanā, and not a designation for anything really existing; see: paramattha-desanā, anattā, puggala, satta, jīva.

bala →

nyana

Bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the following five are most frequently met with in the texts: 1 faith saddhā, 2 energy viriya, 3 awareness or mindfulness sati, 4 concentration …

bhavanga-sota →

nyana

Bhavanga-sota: and Bhavanga-citta: The first term may tentatively be rendered as the ‘undercurrent forming the condition of being, or existence’, and the second as ‘subconsciousness’, though …

bhayatupatthāna-ñāna →

nyana

Bhayatupatthāna-ñāna: ‘knowledge consisting in the awareness of terror’, is one of those kinds of insight-knowledge that form the ‘purification by knowledge and vision of the path -progress’ se …

bhāvanā →

nyana

Bhāvanā: ‘mental development’ lit. ‘calling into existence, producing’ is what in English is generally but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranqu …

bodhipakkhiya-dhammā →

nyana

Bodhipakkhiya-dhammā: The 37 ‘things pertaining to enlightenment’, or ‘requisites of enlightenment’ comprise the entire doctrines of the Buddha. They are:

the 4 foundations of awarenes …

bodhisatta →

nyana

Bodhisatta: ‘Enlightenment Being’, is a being destined to Buddhahood, a future Buddha. According to the traditional belief a Bodhisatta, before reaching his last birth as a Buddha on this earth, i …

body →

nyana

Body: kāya Contemplation on the b. is one of the 4 satipatthāna.

bojjhanga →

nyana

Bojjhanga: ‘the 7 factors of enlightenment’, are: awareness or mindfulness sati-sambojjhanga, sati, investigation of the law dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhanga energy viriya-sambojjhanga, *vir …

catu-dhātu-vavatthāna →

nyana

Catu-dhātu-vavatthāna: ‘analysis of the four elements’; see: dhātu-vavatthāna

cittānupassanā →

nyana

Cittānupassanā: ‘contemplation of consciousness’, is one of the 4 foundations of awareness or mindfulness satipatthāna

consciousness: viññāna →

nyana

[[consciousness: viññāna]]Consciousness: viññāna see: khandha citta mano q v - Moment of °: citta-kkhana Contemplation of °: cittānupassanā: satipatthāna - Materiality produced by °: *c …

elements →

nyana

Elements: dhātu - Analysis of the 4 e.: dhātu-vavatthāna

feeling →

nyana

Feeling: vedanā, further see: khandha - Contemplation of f.: vedanānupassanā see: satipatthāna.

foundations of awareness or mindfulness →

nyana

[[foundations of awareness or mindfulness]]Foundations of awareness or mindfulness: the 4: satipatthāna.

hasituppāda-citta →

nyana

Hasituppāda-citta: lit. ‘consciousness producing mirth’ smile, is found in the Abhidhammattha Sangaha as a name for the joyful mind-consciousness element manoviññāna - dhātu Tab. I. 72 aris …

hetu →

nyana

Hetu: ‘cause’, condition, reason; Abhidhamma root-condition. In sutta usage it is almost synonymous with paccaya ‘condition’, and often occurs together with it ’What is the cause, what is the c …

hiri-ottappa →

nyana

Hiri-ottappa: ‘moral shame and Fear of Wrongdoing’, are associated with all kammically advantageous consciousness see: Tab. II.

To be ashamed of what one ought to be ashamed of, to be ashamed of …

inference of meaning →

nyana

[[inference of meaning]]Inference of meaning: an ‘expression the meaning of which is to be inferred’: neyyattha-dhamma - Antonym: ‘expression with an established meaning’: nītattha-dhamma s …

iriyā-patha →

nyana

Iriyā-patha: lit. ‘ways of movement’: ‘bodily postures’, i.e. going, standing, sitting, lying. In the Satipatthāna-sutta see: satipatthāna they form the subject of a contemplation and an exerc …

jhāna →

nyana

Jhāna: ‘absorption’ meditation refers chiefly to the four meditative absorptions of the fine-material sphere rūpa-jjhāna or rūpāvacara - jjhāna avacara They are achieved through the att …

paccaya →

nyana

Paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent, and without which the latter cannot be. Many are the ways in which one thing, or one o …

paramattha →

nyana

Paramattha: sacca - vacana - Desanā ‘truth or term, exposition that is true in the highest or ultimate sense’, as contrasted with the ‘conventional truth’ vohāra - sacca which is also …

paticcasamuppāda →

nyana

Paticcasamuppāda: ‘dependent origination’, is the doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with that of impersonality anattā, forms the …

patipadā →

nyana

Patipadā: 1. ‘Road’, ’ Path ’; for instance in dukkhanirodha - gāminī - patipadā ‘the road leading to the ceasing of suffering’ = 4th Noble Truth; majjhima - patipadā ‘the Middle Way’ …

patisambhidā →

nyana

Patisambhidā: ‘analytical knowledge’ or ‘discrimination’, is of 4 kinds: analytical knowledge of the true meaning attha-patisambhidā of the law dhamma - patisambhidā, of language nirutti

patisandhi →

nyana

Patisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one of the 14 functions of consciousness viññāna-kicca. It is a kamma-resultant type of consciousness and arises at the moment of concep …

puggala →

nyana

Puggala: ‘individual’, ‘person’, as well as the synonyms: personality, individuality, being satta self attā etc., in short all terms designating a personal entity, hence also: I, you, he, man, …

puthujjana →

nyana

Puthujjana: lit.: ‘one of the many folk’, ‘worldling’, ordinary man, is any layman or Bhikkhu who is still possessed of all the 10 mental chains samyojana binding to the round of rebirths, and t …

puñña-kiriya-vatthu →

nyana

Puñña-kiriya-vatthu: ‘bases of meritorious action’. In the suttas, 3 are mentioned consisting of giving generosity; dāna - maya - p of morality sīla - maya - p and of mental de …

tathāgata →

nyana

Tathāgata: the ‘Perfect One’, lit. the one who has ‘thus gone’, or ‘thus come’, is an epithet of the Buddha used by him when speaking of himself.

To the often asked questions, whether the Tathāga …

ākāsa →

nyana

Ākāsa: ‘space’, is, according to Com., of two kinds: 1. limited space paricchinnākāsa or paricchedākāsa, 2. endless space anantākāsa, i.e. cosmic space.

  1. Limited space, under th …

ānāpāna-sati →

nyana

Ānāpāna-sati: Awareness or mindfulness on & by in-and-out-breathing, is one of the most important trainings for reaching mental concentration and the 4 absorptions jhāna. In the Satipatthāna …

āsava →

nyana

Āsava: lit: fermentations, taints, corruptions, intoxicant biases. There is a list of four as in D. 16, Pts.M., Vibh.:
1: The mental fermentation of sense-desire kāmāsava, Ex: ’All is pleasan …

a →

pts

A-1

the prep. ā shortened before double cons., as akkosati (ā + kruś), akkhāti (ā + khyā), abbahati (ā + bṛh)

Best to be classed here is the a- we call expletive. …

abbahati →

pts

Abbahati & abbuhati

to draw off, pull out (a sting or dart);
imper pres abbaha Thag.404; Ja.ii.95 (variant reading BB appuha = abbuha; C. explains by uddharatha)
aor abbahi Ja.v.198 (variant …

abbhattha →

pts

Err:501

abbhatthatā →

pts

“going towards setting”, disappearance, death Ja.v.469.

abstr. fr. abbhatta

abbhudeti →

pts

to go out over, to rise AN.ii.50, AN.ii.51 (opp. atthaṃ eti, of the sun)
ppr abbhuddayaṃ Vv.64#17 (= abhi-uggacchanto Vv-a.280; abbhusayaṃ ti pi pāṭho).

abhi + ud + eti

abbhukkiraṇa →

pts

drawing out, pulling, in daṇḍa-sattha˚ drawing a stick or sword Cnd.576#4 (cp abbhokkiraṇa). Or is it abbhuttīraṇa (cp. uttiṇṇa outlet).

abhi + ud + kṛ.

abbuhati →

pts

Abbahati & abbuhati

to draw off, pull out (a sting or dart);
imper pres abbaha Thag.404; Ja.ii.95 (variant reading BB appuha = abbuha; C. explains by uddharatha)
aor abbahi Ja.v.198 (variant …

abbāhana →

pts

…aḍahana glosses C. aṭṭhangata & aṭṭhangika, K. nibbāpana). See also; abbuḷhana and…

abhi →

pts

Abhi-

I. Meaning

  1. The primary meaning of abhi is that of taking possession and mastering, as contained in E. coming by and over-coming, thus literally having the function of facing …

abhibhavana →

pts

overcoming, vanquishing, mastering SN.ii.210 (variant reading BB abhipatthana).

fr. abhibhavati

abhijappana →

pts

in hattha˚; casting a spell to make the victim throw up or wring his hands DN.i.11; DN-a.i.97.

doubtful whether to jappati or to japati to mumble, to which belongs jappana in kaṇṃa˚ DN-a.i.97

abhijjhāyati →

pts

to wish for, covet (c. acc.). Snp.301 (aor abhijjhāyiṃsu = abhipatthayamāna jhāyiṃsu Snp-a.320).

Sk. abhidhyāyati, abhi + jhāyati1; see also abhijjhāti

abhijānāti →

pts

to know by experience, to know fully or thoroughly, to recognise know of (c. acc.), to be conscious or aware of DN.i.143; SN.ii.58, SN.ii.105, SN.ii.219, SN.ii.278; SN.iii.59, SN.iii.91; SN.iv.50, SN. …

abhimantheti →

pts

abhimatthati →

pts

(˚eti) & -mantheti

  1. to cleave, cut; to crush, destroy MN.i.243 (sikharena muddhānaṃ ˚mantheti); SN.i.127; Dhp.161 (variant reading ˚nth˚); Ja.iv.457 (matthako sikharena ˚matthiyamāno) Dhp-a.iii …

abhimukha →

pts

adjective facing, turned towards, approaching Ja.ii.3 (˚ā ahesuṃ met each other). usually -˚ turned to, going to, inclined towards DN.i.50 (purattha˚) Ja.i.203 (devaloka˚), Ja.i.223 (varaṇa-rukkha˚) …

abhinipātana →

pts

[fr. abhi-ni-pāteti in daṇḍa-sattha˚; attacking with stick or knife Cnd.576#4.

abhiniviṭṭha →

pts

…f…

abhisamaya →

pts

“coming by completely”, insight into, comprehension, realization clear understanding, grasp, penetration. See on term Kvu trsl. 381 sq
■ Esp. in full phrases: attha˚; grasp of what is proficient …

abhisameti →

pts

to come by, to attain, to realise grasp, understand (cp. adhigacchati) Mil.214 (catusaccâbhisamayaṃ abhisameti). frequently in combn. *abhisambujjhati abhisameti; abhisambujjhitvā abhisamet …

abhisattha →

pts

cursed, accursed Thag.118 “old age falls on her as if it had been cursed upon her (that is, laid upon her by a curse). Morris J.P.T.S. 1886 145 gives the commentator’s equivalents, “commanded worked b …

abhisaṃsati →

pts

to execrate, revile, lay a curse on Ja.v.174 (˚saṃsittha 3rd sg. pret med. = paribhāsi C.)
aor abhisasi Ja.vi.187, Ja.vi.505, Ja.vi.522 (= akkosi C.), Ja.vi.563 (id. …

abhivassin →

pts

adjective = abhivassaka Iti.64, Iti.65 (sabbattha˚).

abhivissattha →

pts

confided in, taken into confidence MN.ii.52 (variant reading ˚visaṭṭha).

abhi + vissattha, pp. of abhivissasati, Sk. abhiviśvasta

accupaṭṭhapeti →

pts

at Ja.v.124 is to be read with variant reading as apaccupaṭṭhapeti (does not indulge in or care for).

addhan →

pts

(in compounds addha˚;)

  1. (of space a path, road, also journey (see compounds & derivations); only in one ster. phrase Ja.iv.384 = Ja.v.137 (pathaddhuno paṇṇarase va cando, gen. for loc. ˚addha …

adhicitta →

pts

…DN.iii.219; MN.i.451; AN.i.254, AN.i.256 Mnd.39 = Cnd.689 (˚sikkhā); Dhp.185 (= aṭṭha-samāpattisankhāta adhika-citta…

adhipajjati →

pts

to come to, reach, attain AN.iv.96 (anatthaṃ); pp. adhipanna.

adhi + pajjati

adhivattha →

pts

adjective inhabiting, living in (c. loc.) Vin.i.28; SN.i.197; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.385; Ja.iii.327; Pv-a.17. The form adhivuttha occurs at Ja.vi.370.

pp. of adhivasati

adhivuttha →

pts

adhiṭṭhāna →

pts

  1. decision, resolution, self-determination, will (cp. on this meaning Cpd. 62; DN.iii.229 (where 4 are enumerated, viz. paññā˚, sacca˚ cāga upasama˚); Ja.i.23; Ja.v.174; Pts.i.108; Pts.ii.171 sq., …

adiṭṭhā →

pts

not seeing, without seeing Ja.iv.192 (T. adaṭṭhā, variant reading BB na diṭṭhā, C. adisvā), Ja.v.219.

a + diṭṭhā, ger. of *dassati

agga →

pts

Agga1

adjective noun

  1. (adj.)
    1. of time: the first, foremost Dpvs.iv.13 (saṅgahaṃ first collection). See cpds
    2. of space: the highest, topmost, Ja.i.52 (˚sākhā)
    3. of qual …

agāra →

pts

…a mendicant (opp. gahaṭṭha Snp.628 = Dhp.404; Snp.639, Snp.640 (+ paribbaje); Pv.ii.2#5 (=…

ahi →

pts

…of snakes DN.i.9 (= sappa-daṭṭhatikicchana-vijjā c’ eva sapp’ avhāyana-vijjā ea “the art of healing snake bites as well as the…

ajjhatta →

pts

adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc o …

akkhaṇa →

pts

wrong time, bad luck, misadventure, misfortune. There are 9 enumerated at DN.iii.263; the usual set consists of 8; thus DN.iii.287; Vv-a.193; Sdhp.4 sq. See also *khaṇa-[vedhin](/de …

alaṃ →

pts

indeclinable emphatic particle

  1. in affirmative sentences: part. of assurance emphasis = for sure, very much (so), indeed, truly. Note. In connection with a dat. or an infin. the latter only app …

alaṅkata →

pts

  1. “made too much”, made much of, done up, adorned, fitted out Dhp.142 (= vatthâbharaṇa-paṭimaṇḍita Dhp-a.iii.83); Pv.ii.3#6; Vv.1#1; Ja.iii.392; Ja.iv.60.
  2. “done enough” (see *[alaṃ](/define/alaṃ …

alla →

pts

adjective (only ˚-)

  1. moist, wet MN.iii.94 (-mattikā -puñja a heap of moist clay; may be taken in meaning 2).
  2. fresh (opp. stale), new; freshly plucked, gathered or caught, viz.
    • *-kusam …

amara →

pts

adjective not mortal, not subject to death Thag.276; Snp.249 (= amara-bhāva-patthanatāya pavatta-kāya-kilesa Snp-a.291); Ja.v.80 (= amaraṇa-sabhāva) Ja.v.218; Dāvs v.62.

a + mara from mṛ.

antara →

pts

…Vin.iii.47

  • -raṭṭha an intermediate kingdom, rulership of a subordinate prince Ja.v.135 *…

antaraṭṭhaka →

pts

…& after the full moon: see aṭṭhaka2) First phrase at Vin.i.31, Vin.i.288; Vin.iii.31; second at MN.i.79 (cp….

anubhavati →

pts

Anubhavati & Anubhoti

to come to or by, to undergo, suffer (feel), get, undertake, partake in, experience DN.i.129; DN.ii.12 (˚bhonti); MN.ii.204; AN.i.61 (atthaṃ ˚bhoti to have a good result); Ja.vi …

anubhoti →

pts

Anubhavati & Anubhoti

to come to or by, to undergo, suffer (feel), get, undertake, partake in, experience DN.i.129; DN.ii.12 (˚bhonti); MN.ii.204; AN.i.61 (atthaṃ ˚bhoti to have a good result); Ja.vi …

anukampaka →

pts

˚ika (adj.) kind of heart, merciful, compassionate, full of pity (-˚ or c. loc.) DN.iii.187; SN.i.105 (loka˚), SN.i.197; SN.v.157; AN.iv.265 sq.; Iti.66 (sabba-bhūta˚); Pv.i.3#3 (= kārunika Pv-a.16 …

anukampā →

pts

compassion, pity, mercy DN.i.204; MN.i.161; MN.ii.113; SN.i.206; SN.ii.274 (loka˚), SN.iv.323; SN.v.259 sq.; AN.i.64, AN.i.92; AN.ii.159; AN.iii.49; AN.iv.139 Pp.35
■ Often in abl. anukampāya out …

anukantati →

pts

to cut Dhp.311 (hatthaṃ = phāleti Dhp-a.iii.484).

anu + kantati2

anumodana →

pts

“according to taste”, i.e. satisfaction, thanks, esp. after a meal or after receiving gifts = to say grace or benediction, blessing, thanksgiving. In latter sense with dadāti (give thanks for = loca …

anusatthar →

pts

instructor, adviser Ja.iv.178 (ācariya +). Cp anusāsaka.

n. ag. to anu + sās, cf. Sk. anuśāsitṛ & P. satthar

anusārin →

pts

(-˚) adjective following, striving after, acting in accordance with, living up to or after Freq. in formula dhammānusārin saddhānusārin living in conformity with the Norm & the Faith DN.iii.254; MN …

anusāsaka →

pts

adviser, instructor, counsellor Ja.ii.105; Mil.186, Mil.217, Mil.264. Cp. anusatthar.

fr. anusāsati

anusāsati →

pts

  1. to advise, admonish, instruct in or give advice upon (c. acc.) to exhort to Vin.i.83; DN.i.135; DN.ii.154; Dhp.77, Dhp.159 (aññaṃ); Ja.vi.368; Cp.i.10#3; Pv.ii.6#8; Pv-a.148
    grd anusāsiya V …

anuyuñjati →

pts

  1. to practice, give oneself up to (acc.), attend, pursue SN.i.25, SN.i.122 (˚yuñjan “in loving self-devotion” mrs. rh. D.); SN.iii.154; SN.iv.104, SN.iv.175; Dhp.26 (pamādaṃ = *[pavatteti](/define/p …

anvattha →

pts

adjective according to the sense, answering to the matter, having scnse Thag-a.6 (˚saññābhāva).

anu + attha

anāvasūraṃ →

pts

adverb as long as the sun does not set, before sun-down Ja.v.56 (= anatthangata-suriyaṃ C. cp. Sk. utsūra.

an + ava + sūra = suriya, with ava lengthened to āva in verse

apagata →

pts

  1. gone, gone away from (c. abl.), removed; deceased, departed Iti.112; Pv-a.39 Pv-a.63 (= peta), Pv-a.64 (= gata).
  2. (˚-) freq. as prefix meaning without, lit. having lost, removed from; free fr …

apajaha →

pts

adjective not giving up, greedy, miserly AN.iii.76 (variant reading apānuta; Commentary explains (a)vaḍḍhinissita mānatthaddha)

a + pajaha

apalekhana →

pts

licking off, in cpd. hatthāpalekhana “hand-licking” (i.e. licking one’s hand after a meal, the practice of certain ascetics) MN.i.77 (with variant reading hatthâvalekhana …

apalekhati →

pts

to lick off Pp-a.231 (hatthaṃ).

apa + lekhati in meaning of Sk. avalihati

apanāmeti →

pts

  1. to take away, remove MN.i.96 = AN.i.198 (kathaṃ bahiddhā a. carry outside) Kp.viii.4 (= aññaṃ ṭhānaṃ gameti Kp-a.220).
  2. [= Sk. ava-namati] to bend down, lower, put down Vin.ii.208 (chattaṃ); SN …

apattha →

pts

Apattha1

adjective thrown away Dhp.149 (= chaḍḍita Dhp-a.iii.112).

Sk. apāsta, pp. of apa + as2

Apattha2

2nd pl. pret. of pāpunāti (q.v.).

apatthaṭa →

pts

Err:509

apaṭṭhapeti →

pts

to put aside, leave out, neglect Ja.iv.308; Ja.v.236.

Caus. fr. apa-tiṭṭhati, cp. Sk. apa + sthā to stand aloof

apeta →

pts

adjective gone away; (med.) freed of, rid of, deprived of (instr., abl. or ˚-) Dhp.9 (damasaccena); Pv-a.35 (dukkhato); usually ˚-in sense of “without, -less”, e.g. apeta-kaddama free from mud st …

apihālu →

pts

adjective not hankering, free from craving, not greedy SN.i.187 = Thag.1218 (akuhako nipako apihālu); Snp.852 (+ amaccharin, expld. at Snp-a.549 as apihana-sīlo, patthanātanhāya rahito t …

appa →

pts

adjective small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most compounds); thus expld. at Vv-a.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see *[a …

appaṭigha →

pts

adjective

  1. not forming an obstacle, not injuring, unobstructive Snp.42 (see expld. at Cnd.239; Snp-a.88 explains “katthaci satte vā sankhāre vā bhayena na paṭihaññatī ti a.”)
  2. psychol …

appesakkha →

pts

adjective of little power, weak, impotent SN.ii.229; Mil.65; Sdhp.89.

acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Mil.65 (see …

arañña →

pts

forest DN.i.71; MN.i.16; MN.iii.104; SN.i.4, SN.i.7, SN.i.29, SN.i.181, SN.i.203 (mahā); AN.i.60 (˚vanapatthāni); AN.ii.252; AN.iii.135, AN.iii.138; Snp.39, Snp.53, Snp.119; Dhp.99, Dhp.329, Dhp.330; …

ariya →

pts

…Snp.177 (patha = aṭṭhangiko maggo Snp-a.216); Dhp.236 (bhūmi), Dhp.270; Pts.ii.212 (iddhi) -alamariya fully or thoroughly good…

asattha →

pts

noun adjective absence of a sword or knife, without a knife, usually combd. with adaṇḍa in var. phrases see under daṇḍa. Also at Thag.757 (+ avaṇa).

a + sattha

asaṃsaṭṭha →

pts

…Snp-a.468 = Dhp-a.iv.173).

a + saṃsaṭṭha

assa →

pts

Assa1

shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i.e. a bag containing provisions instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, …

assasati →

pts

  1. to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale Ja.i.163; Ja.vi.305 (gloss assāsento passāsento susu ti saddaṃ karonto); Vism.272. Usually in combn. with passasati to inhale …

assattha →

pts

Assattha1

the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment i.e. the Bo tree Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); …

assāda →

pts

taste, sweetness, enjoyment, satisfaction DN.i.22 (vedanānaṃ samudaya atthangama assāda etc.); MN.i.85; SN.ii.84 sq. (˚ânupassin), SN.ii.170 sq.; SN.iii.27 sq (ko rūpassa assādo), SN.iii.62, SN.iii.10 …

assāsa →

pts

  1. (lit.) breathing, esp. breathing out (so Vism.272), exhalation, opp. to passāsa inhalation, with which often combd. or contrasted; thus as cpd. assāsa-passāsa mea …

assāsika →

pts

adjective only in neg. an˚; not able to afford comfort, giving no comfort or security. MN.i.514 MN.iii.30 Ja.ii.298 (= aññaṁ assāsetuṁ asamatthaṭāya na assāsika). cp. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit anāśvā …

asubha →

pts

adjective impure, unpleasant, bad, ugly, nasty; nt. ˚ṃ nastiness, impurity. Cp. on term and the Asubha-meditation, as well as on the 10 asubhas or offensive objects Dhs. trsl. 70 and Cpd. 121 n. …

asīti →

pts

…& freq. application see; aṭṭha1 B 1 c, where also most of the ref’s In addition we mention the foll.:) Ja.i.233 (˚hattha 80…

atihaṭṭha →

pts

adjective very pleased Sdhp.323.

ati + haṭṭha

atikkamati →

pts

… ■ Pp.17; Ja.i.162 (raṭṭhaṃ having left).
■ Often to be trsl. as adv. “beyond”, e.g. pare beyond others Pv-a.15;…

ativissaṭṭha →

pts

adjective too abundant, in ˚vākya one who talks too much, a chatterbox Ja.v.204.

ati + vissaṭṭha

ativākya →

pts

…reproach Dhp.320, Dhp.321 (= aṭṭha-anariyavohāra-vasena pavattaṃ vītikkama-vacanaṃ Dhp-a.iv.3) Ja.vi.508.

ati + vac, cp. Sk….

attamana →

pts

…Cnd.24 (= tuṭṭha-mano haṭṭha-mano etc.) Vv.1#4; Pp.33 (an˚); Mil.18; DN-a.i.52; Dhp-a.i.89 (an˚-dhātuka displeased); Pv-a.23,…

attan →

pts

…Vv-a.149 (as atta-naṭṭhama Vv.34#13), & ˚aṭṭhamaka Mil.291.

III. anattā

(n. and predicative adj.) not a soul,…

atthara →

pts

rug (for horses, elephants etc.) DN.i.7.

fr. attharati

attharaka →

pts

covering Ja.i.9; DN-a.i.87
■ f. -ikā a layer Ja.i.9; Ja.v.280.

= atthara

attharati →

pts

to spread, to cover, to spread out; stretch, lay out Vin.i.254; Vin.v.172; Ja.i.199; Ja.v.113; Ja.vi.428; Dhp.i.272
pp atthata (q.v.)
caus attharāpeti

attharaṇa →

pts

covering, carpet, cover, rug Vin.ii.291; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.53; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.20; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.40 Mhvs.25, Mhvs.102; Thag-a.22.

fr. attharati

atthata →

pts

spread, covered, spread over with (-˚) Vin.i.265; Vin.iv.287; Vin.v.172 (see ˚an); AN.iii.50; Pv-a.141.

pp. of attharati

atthatta →

pts

reason, cause; only in abl. atthattā according to the sense, by reason of, on account of Pv-a.189 (-˚).

abstr. fr. attha1

atthavant →

pts

adjective full of benefit SN.i.30; Thag.740; Mil.172.

cp. Sk. arthavant

atthi →

pts

to be, to exist.
pres Ind. 1st sg. asmi Snp.1120, Snp.1143; Ja.i.151; Ja.iii.55 and amhi MN.i.429; Snp.694; Ja.ii.153; Pv.i.10#2; Pv.ii.8#2.
■ 2

atthika →

pts

…shows a confusion between aṭṭha and a-ṭhita); Ja.v.151 (in def. of aṭṭhikatvā q.v.); Pp.69, Pp.70 (T aṭṭhika, aṭṭhita SS;…

atthāra →

pts

spreading out Vin.v.172 (see kaṭhina). atthāraka same ibid.; Vin.ii.87 (covering).

cp. Sk. āstāra, fr. attharati

ava →

pts

Ava˚

prefix

I. Relation between ava & o

Phonetically the difference between ava & o is this, that; ava is the older form, whereas o represents a later development. Histor …

avaharati →

pts

Avaharati & oharati

to steal Ja.i.384; Pv-a.47 (avahari vatthaṃ), Pv-a.86 (id., = apānudi)
pp avahaṭa (q.v.).

ava + hṛ.

avakāsa →

pts

Avakāsa & okāsa

  1. “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …

avalekhana →

pts

…(˚pidhara), Vin.ii.221 (˚kaṭṭha). 2. scratching in writing down Ja.iv.402, (˚sattha a chisel for engraving letters).

fr….

avatiṭṭhati →

pts

to abide, linger, stand still. DN.i.251 = SN.iv.322 = AN.v.299 (tatra˚); SN.i.25 (v.l otiṭṭhati); Thag.1, Thag.21; Ja.ii.62; Ja.iv.208 (aor. avaṭṭhāsi). pp. avaṭṭhita (q.v.). Av …

avattha →

pts

Avattha1

aimless (of cārikā, a bhikkhu’s wandering, going on tour) AN.iii.171 (C. avavatthika).

der. uncertain

Avattha2

thrown away Ja.v.302 (= chaḍḍita C.).

Sk. apāsta, apa …

avattharati →

pts

to strew, cover over or up Ja.i.74 (˚amāna ppr.), Ja.i.255 (˚itvā ger.); Ja.iv.84; Dāvs i.38
pp otthaṭa Cp. pariy˚.

ava + tharati, stṛ.

avattharaṇa →

pts

setting in array, deploying (of an army) Ja.ii.104 (of a robber-band), Ja.ii.336.

fr. avattharati

avatthāraṇa →

pts

Err:508

avaṭṭhāna →

pts

position, standing place Ja.i.508; Pv-a.286.

Sk. avasthāna

aññatra →

pts

adverb elsewhere, somewhere else Ja.v.252; Pv.iv.1#62. In compn. also añña˚, e.g. aññatra-yoga (adj.) following another discipline DN.i.187; MN.i.487
■ As prep. c. abl. (and instr.) but …

aññattha →

pts

adverb somewhere or anywhere else, elsewhere (either place where or whereto) Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.154; Dhs-a.163; Dhp-a.i.212; Dhp-a.iii.351; Pv-a.45; Mhvs.4, Mhvs.37; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.14.

from añña = añ …

aḍḍha →

pts

-aṭṭha half of eight, i.e. four (cp. aṭṭhaḍḍha) SN.ii.222 (˚ratana); Ja.vi.354 (˚pāda quadruped;…

aṅga →

pts

…vedanā saññā, bhava), aṭṭhangika (q.v.) magga the Path with its eight constituents or the eightfold Path (Kp-a.85: aṭṭh’ angāni…

aṅkusa →

pts

hook, a pole with a hook, used

  1. for plucking fruit off trees, a crook Ja.i.9 (˚pacchi hook & basket); Ja.v.89 = Ja.vi.520 (pacchikhanitti˚), Ja.vi.529 (= phalānaṃ gaṇhanatthaṃ ankusaṃ)
  2. to drive …

aṅkusaka →

pts

  1. a crook for plucking fruit Ja.iii.22.
  2. an elephant-driver’s hook Ja.iii.431.
  • -yattha a crooked stick, alpenstock, staff (of an ascetic Ja.ii.68 (+ pacchi).

see anka<sup …

aṭṭa →

pts

…sūcik˚ (read for sūcikaṭṭha) pained by stitch Pv.iii.2#3.

  • -ssara cry of distress Vin.iii.105; SN.ii.255; Ja.i.265 Ja.ii.117;…

aṭṭhaka →

pts

…˚ṃ (nt.) an octad Vv.67#2 (aṭṭh eight octads = 64); Vv-a.289, Vv-a.290. On sabbaṭṭhaka see aṭṭha B 1 a. See…

aṭṭhama →

pts

…Snp.570 (ito atthami scil. divase, loc.).

Sk. aṣṭama, see aṭṭha1

aṭṭhamaka →

pts

Err:501

aṭṭhi →

pts

…(˚katvāna).

= attha (aṭṭha) in compn. with kar & bhū, as freq. in Sk. and P. with i for a, like citti-kata (for citta˚)…

aṭṭhāna →

pts

stand, post; name of the rubbing-post which, well cut & with incised rows of squares was let into the ground of a bathing-place, serving as a rubber to people bathing Vin.ii.105, Vin.ii.106 (read aṭ …

aṭṭāna →

pts

at Vin.ii.106 is obscure, should it not rather be read with Bdhgh as aṭṭhāna? (cp. Bdhgh on p. 315).

bala →

pts

…sattabojjhangāni, ariyo aṭṭhangiko maggo e.g. SN.iii.96; Pts.ii.56; Mnd.13 = Mnd.360 = Cnd.420; Cnd. s.v. satipaṭṭhāna; and passim….

balīyati →

pts

to have strength, to grow strong, to gain power, to overpower Snp.770 (= sahati parisahati abhibhavati Mnd.12, cp. Mnd.361); Ja.iv.84 (vv.ll. khalī˚ & paliyy˚; C explains by avattharati) = Pv.ii.6#1 ( …

bandhati →

pts

to bind etc.

I. Forms

imper bandha DN.ii.350; pl. bandhantu Ja.i.153.
pot bandheyya SN.iv.198; Vin.iii.45
fut bandhayissati Mhvs.24.6;
aor abandhi Ja.iii. …

bhamati →

pts

to spin (of a wheel), to whirl about, to roam Dhp.371 (mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ); Ja.i.414; Ja.iii.206 Ja.iv.4 (cakkaṃ matthake); Ja.iv.6 (kumbha-kāra-cakkaṃ iva bh.); Ja.v.478
pp *[bhanta]( …

bharu →

pts

…Ja.iv.137, and Bharu-raṭṭha Ja.ii.169 sq., a kingdom which is said to have been swallowed up by the sea
■ Also in Name of the King…

bhassati →

pts

…& abhassittha SN.i.122 (so read for abhassatha)
pp bhaṭṭha1.

bhranś, Sk. bhraśyate

bhattimant →

pts

adjective

  1. devoted?
  2. discerning, analytical, perspicacious? Thag.370; Com. has: yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattiyā tattha bhattimā nāma.

from bhatti

bhavati →

pts

to become, to be, exist, behave etc. (cp. Cnd.474 sambhavati jāyati nibbattati pātu-bhavati)

I. Forms

There are two bases used side by side, viz bhav˚; and (contracted) ho˚; the latte …

bhañjaka →

pts

adjective breaking, spoiling, destroying (attha˚
■ visaṃvāda; cp. bhañjanaka) Ja.iii.499.

fr. bhañjati

bhañjanaka →

pts

destroying, hurting, spoiling, in phrase attha˚; destroying the welfare (with ref. to the telling of lies) Dhp-a.iii.356; Vv-a.72; cp bhañjaka.

fr. bhañjana1

bhañjati →

pts

  1. (trs. & intrs.) to break Vin.i.74 (phāsukā bhañjitabbā ribs to be broken); Dhp.337 (mā bhañji = mā bhañjatu C.). Pv.ii.9#3 (sākhaṃ bhañjeyya = chindeyya Pv-a.114); Pv-a.277 (akkho bhañji the axle …

bhaṭṭha →

pts

…said Vv.63#19 (su˚ = subhāsita Vv-a.265). See also paccā˚ & pari˚ cp. also…

bheda →

pts

  1. breaking, rending, breach, disunion, dissension Vism.64 sq. (contrasted with ānisaṃsa), Vism.572 sq (with ref. to upādāna & bhava); Vb-a.185 (id.); Sdhp.66, Sdhp.457, Sdhp.463
    mithu˚; bre …

bhiyyoso →

pts

…Pp.30 (explained at Pp-a 212 by “bhiyyoso-mattāya uddhumāyana-bhāvo daṭṭhabbo”); Ja.i.61; Pv-a.50.

abl. formation fr. bhiyyo 1

bhuja →

pts

Bhuja1

masculine & neuter the arm Snp.48 (explained by Cnd.478 as hattha, hand); Snp.682 (pl. bhujāni); Ja.v.91, Ja.v.309; Ja.vi.64 Bv.i.36; Vv.64#18.

cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhuja m. & bhu …

bhumma →

pts

adjective noun

  1. belonging to the earth, earthly, terrestrial; nt. soil, ground, floor Snp.222 (bhūtāni bhummāni earthly creatures contrasted with creatures in the air, antalikkhe), Snp.236 (id.); S …

bhāga →

pts

…8 stages of Deliverance, the aṭṭha vimokkhā). 4. division of time, time, always-˚, e.g. pubba˚; the past apara˚; the future Pv-a.133;…

bhūmi →

pts

…to the 4 jhānas) purisa˚ (aṭṭha p. bh. eight stages of the individual viz. manda-bhūmi, khiḍḍā˚, vīmaṃsana˚, ujugata˚ sekha˚,…

bindu →

pts

…Brahmā and of Buddha, cp. aṭṭhanga), which are given at DN.ii.211 DN.ii.227 as (saro hoti) vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañjū ca…

bodhi →

pts

Bodhi1

feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …

bojjhaṅga →

pts

…& the 7 bojjhangas and ariya aṭṭhangika magga, 37 in all The same list we find at Divy.208
■ The 7 b. (frequently also called;…

brahant →

pts

…Abhp.588
■ Superl. brahaṭṭha (= Sk. barhiṣṭha; on inversion bar → bra cp. Sk. paribarhanā → P. paribrahaṇa) in -puppha a…

brahma →

pts

…where it runs: brahmehi Aṭṭhak’ ādīhi cintitaṃ paññācakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ, i.e. thought out by the divine (seer Aṭṭhaka and…

brahmavant →

pts

adjective “having Brahmā,” possessed or full of Brahmā; f. brahmavatī Np. Vism.434. Brahmanna. brahmannata & brahmannattha;

fr. brahma

brahmañña →

pts

adjective brahman, of the brahman rank; brahmanhood, of higher conduct, leading a pure life DN.i.115 (at which passage DN-a.i.286 includes Sāriputta, Moggallāna & Mahākassapa in this rank) MN.ii.167; …

brahmaññattha →

pts

brahmā →

pts

…where it runs: brahmehi Aṭṭhak’ ādīhi cintitaṃ paññācakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ, i.e. thought out by the divine (seer Aṭṭhaka and…

brāhmañña. brāhmaññatā →

pts

Brāhmañña. brāhmaññatā & brāhmaññattha

see brahmañ˚.

brāhmaññattha →

pts

Brāhmañña. brāhmaññatā & brāhmaññattha

see brahmañ˚.

brāhmaṇa →

pts

…hymns“; their names are Aṭṭhaka Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Angirasa Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, Bhagu Vin.i.245;…

buddha →

pts

…chapters of the Jātak’ aṭṭhakathā
■ Convinced that asceticism was not the way to enlightenment, he renounced austerities. He…

byappatha →

pts

busy, active. Thus Kern, but the translation is not satisfactory. It occurs only at 2 passages; Vin.iv.2 where combined with vācā, girā, vacībheda, and meaning “mode of speech,” and at Snp.961, where …

byañjana →

pts

  1. sign, mark: see vyañjana.
  2. the letter, as compared with attha the spirit or meaning; thus in phrase atthato byañjanato ca according to the meaning & the l …

bāhika →

pts

adjective foreign in ˚raṭṭha-vāsin living in a foreign country Ja.iii.432 (or is it N.? Cp. Ja vii. p. 94).

= bāhiya

bīja →

pts

  1. seed, germ, semen, spawn. Used very frequently in figurative sense: see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 116
    ■ DN.i.135 (˚bhatta seed-corn food); DN.iii.44 (the five kinds: see below under ˚gāma) …

ca →

pts

(indef. enclitic particle)

  1. Indefinite (after demonstr. pron. in the sense of kiṃ = what about? or how is it? cp. kiṃ) = ever, whoever what-ever, etc. [Sk. kaśca, Gr. ὁς τε, Lat: quisque Goth. h …

cakkhu →

pts

the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)

I. The eye as organ of sense

  1. psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …

cara →

pts

noun adjective

  1. the act of going about, walking; one who walks or lives (usually -˚): oka˚ living in water MN.i.117; Ja.vi.416; antara˚ SN.iv.173; eka˚ solitary Snp.166; saddhiṃ˚ a companion Snp.4 …

caraka →

pts

  1. = cara2 (a messenger) Ja.vi.369 (attha˚); adj. walking through: sabbalokaṃ˚ Ja.v.395.
  2. any animal SN.i.106; Pv-a.153 (vana˚).

caraṇa →

pts

  1. walking about grazing, feeding Vv-a.308 (˚ṭṭhāna).
  2. the foot Vin.iv.212; Ja.v.431.
  3. acting, behaviour, good conduct, freq. in combination with vijjā, e.g. AN.ii.163 AN.v.327; Dhp.144; Vism.202 …

catur →

pts

…Ja.vi.169 (uposatha, cp. aṭṭhanga) Dpvs.i.6; Sdhp.64; -(r)aṅgika = prec. Dhs.147, Dhs.157, Dhs.397 Kp-a.85; Sdhp.58; -(r)aṅgin

cetanā →

pts

state of ceto in action, thinking as active thought, intention, purpose, will Defined as action (kamma: AN.iii.415; cp. Kvu.viii.9 § 38 untraced quotation; cp. AN.v.292). Often comb …

cha →

pts

…chasu (chassu), num. ord. chaṭṭha the sixth. Cp. also saṭṭhi (60) soḷasa (16). Six is applied whenever a “major set is concerned (see…

chada →

pts

anything that covers, protects or hides, viz. a cover, an awning DN.i.7≈ (sa-uttara˚ but ˚chadana at DN.ii.194)
■ a veil in phrase vivaṭacchada “with the veil lifted” thus …

chanda →

pts

  1. impulse, excitement; intention, resolution, will desire for, wish for, delight in (c. loc.). Explained at Vism.466 as “kattu-kāmatāy” adhivacanaṃ; by Dhtp.587 & Dhtm.821 as; chand = icchāyaṃ …

chaḷ →

pts

…chasu (chassu), num. ord. chaṭṭha the sixth. Cp. also saṭṭhi (60) soḷasa (16). Six is applied whenever a “major set is concerned (see…

chaṭṭha →

pts

the sixth Snp.171, Snp.437; Dhp-a.iii.200: Snp-a.364. Also as chaṭṭhama Snp.101, Snp.103; Ja.iii.280.

chedana →

pts

cutting, severing, destroying DN.i.5; (= DN-a.i.80 hattha˚-ādi); DN.iii.176; Vin.ii.133; AN.ii.209; AN.v.206; SN.iv.169 (nakha˚); SN.v.473; Mil.86 Vism.102 (˚vadha-bandana, etc.).

see *[chindati]( …

chindati →

pts

to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …

chinna →

pts

cut off, destroyed Vin.i.71 (acchinna-kesa with unshaven hair); MN.i.430; DN.ii.8 (˚papañca); Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.138; Dhp.338; Pv.i.11#2 (variant reading for bhinna), Pv.i.11#6; Dhp-a.iv.48. …

chādana →

pts

covering. clothing, often combined with ghāsa˚; food & clothing (q.v.) Ja.ii.79 (vattha˚) Pv.i.10#7 (bhojana˚); Pv.ii.1#7 (vattha˚); Pv-a.50 (= vattha) Dhp-a.iv.7
■ As adj. Ja.vi.354 (of the tha …

citraka →

pts

Cittaka(a) & Citraka(b)

  1. (adj.)(a) coloured Ja.iv.464.
  2. (m.)(b) the spotted antelope Ja.vi.538.
  3. (nt. a (coloured) mark (on the forehead) Mil.408 (˚dh …

citta →

pts

…Dhs.1515; -visaṃsaṭṭha detached fr. thought Dhs.1194, Dhs.1517; -vūpasama

cittaka FIXME double →

pts

Cittaka(a) & Citraka(b)

  1. (adj.)(a) coloured Ja.iv.464.
  2. (m.)(b) the spotted antelope Ja.vi.538.
  3. (nt. a (coloured) mark (on the forehead) Mil.408 (˚dh …

cora →

pts

thief, a robber Vin.i.74, Vin.i.75, Vin.i.88, Vin.i.149; SN.ii.100, SN.ii.128 = AN.ii.240; SN.ii.188 (gāmaghāta, etc.); SN.iv.173; MN.ii.74 = Thag.786; AN.i.48; AN.ii.121 sq.; AN.iv.92, AN.iv.278; Snp …

culla →

pts

Culla & cūḷa

adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …

cāra →

pts

motion, walking, going; doing, behaviour, action, process Mil.162 (+ vihāra) Dhs.8 = Dhs.85 (= vicāra); Dhs-a.167. usually -˚ (n. adj.): kāma˚ going at will Ja.iv.261; pamāda˚ a slothful life Ja.i. …

cātur →

pts

…Vv-a.129. With pancadasī aṭṭhamī & pāṭihāriyapakkha at Snp.402; Vv.15#5

  • -dasika belonging to the 14th day at…

cūḷa →

pts

Culla & cūḷa

adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …

d →

pts

-D-

euphonic consonant inserted to avoid hiatus:

  1. orig. only sandhi-cons. in forms ending in t & d (like tāvat kocid, etc.) & thus restored in compounds where the simplex has lost it:
    dvip …

dadāti →

pts

to give, etc.

I. Forms

The foll. bases form the Pāli verb-system: dā, dāy, dadā & di.

  1. Bases dā & (reduced); da
    1. dā˚: fut. dassati Ja.i.113, Ja.i.279 Ja.i …

dakkhiṇa →

pts

adjective

  1. right (opp vāma left), with a tinge of the auspicious, lucky prominent: Vin.ii.195 (hattha); Pv-a.112, Pv-a.132 (id.) Pts.i.125. hattha, pāda, etc. with ref. to a Tathāgata’s body); Ja …

danta →

pts

-kaṭṭha a tooth-pick Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223 Vin.i.51, Vin.i.61; Vin.ii.138; AN.iii.250;…

dasa →

pts

Dasa1

the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).

I. *M …

dassana →

pts

  1. Lit. seeing, looking; noticing; sight of, appearance, look. Often equivalent to an infinitive “to see,” esp. as dat. dassanāya in order to see, for the purpose of seeing (cp. dassana-kāma = da …

dassati →

pts

…= passitvā, etc. grd. daṭṭhabba (to be regarded as) DN.ii.154; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.9 Pv-a.10, etc., Vism.464; &…

dassimant →

pts

see *attha*˚.

dassin →

pts

(-˚) adjective seeing, finding, realizing, perceiving. Only in compounds, like attha˚ Snp.385; ananta SN.i.143; ādīnava˚ Sdhp.409; ekanga˚ Ud.69; jātikkhaya˚ Snp.209; Iti.40; ñāṇa˚ Snp.478 (= sacchik …

dasā →

pts

& dasa; (nt.) unwoven thread of a web of cloth, fringe, edge or border of a garment DN.i.7 (dīgha˚ long-fringed, of vatthāni); Ja.v.187; Dhp-a.i.180 Dhp-a.iv.106 (dasāni)
■ *[sadasa](/define/sa …

dava →

pts

Dava1

fire, heat Ja.iii.260
■ See also dāva & dāya.

  • -ḍāha (= Sk. davāgni) conflagration of a forest, a jungle-fire Vin.ii.138; MN.i.306; Ja.i.641; Cp.iii.9#3 Mil.189; Vism.36.

Sk …

daṇḍa →

pts

…Dhp-a.ii.71; aṭṭha-kahāpaṇo daṇḍo a fine of 8 k. Vv-a.76

adaṇḍa without a stick, i.e. without force or…

daṭṭha →

pts

bitten Ja.i.7; Mil.302; Pv-a.144.

pp. of daśati, see ḍasati

daṭṭhar →

pts

one who sees AN.ii.25.

n. ag. to dassati

daṭṭhā →

pts

large tooth, tusk, fang Mil.150 (˚visa).

cp. dāṭhā

desanā →

pts

  1. discourse, instruction, lesson SN.v.83, SN.v.108; Ja.iii.84; Pp.28; Ne.38; Vism.523 sq (regarding Paṭiccasamuppāda); Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, Pv-a.9, Pv-a.11; Sdhp.213.
  2. Freq. in dhamma˚; moral inst …

deyya →

pts

adjective

  1. to be given (see below)
  2. deserving a gift, worthy of receiving alms Ja.iii.12 (a˚); Mil.87 (rāja˚) -nt. a gift offering Vin.i.298 (saddhā˚).

dhamma →

pts

Dhamma1

masculine & rarely neuter constitution etc.

A. Definitions by Commentators

Bdhgh gives a fourfold meaning of the word dhamma (at DN-a.i.99; Dhp-a.i.22), viz. 1 guṇe ( …

dhona →

pts

adjective noun

  1. purified MN.i.386; Snp.351, Snp.786, Snp.813, Snp.834 (= dhutakilesa Snp-a.542); Ja.iii.160 (˚sākha = patthaṭasākha Com.; variant reading BB vena˚); Mnd.77 = Mnd.176 (: dhonā vucca …

dhota →

pts

washed, bleached, clean Ja.i.62 (˚sankha a bleached shell); Ja.ii.275; Pv-a.73 (˚vattha), Pv-a.116 (˚hattha with clean hands), Pv-a.274 (id.); Vism.224 (id.).

Sk. dhāuta, pp. of dhavati2</sup …

dhovana →

pts

washing Vin.iv.262; SN.iv.316 (bhaṇḍa˚); AN.i.132, AN.i.161, AN.i.277; Iti.111 (pādānaṃ); Ja.ii.129; Ja.vi.365 (hattha˚); Mil.11 Vism.343; Pv-a.241 (hattha-pāda˚); Dhp-a.ii.19 (pāda˚) fig. (ariyaṃ) …

dhāreti →

pts

to hold, viz.

  1. to carry, bear, wear, possess; to put on, to bring give DN.i.166≈(chavadussāni etc.); Vin.i.16 = DN.i.110 (telapajjotaṃ); DN.ii.19 (chattaṃ to hold a sunshade over a person); Pv-a.4 …

dhārā →

pts

Dhārā1

feminine torrent, stream, flow, shower DN.i.74 (sammā˚ an even or seasonable shower; DN-a.i.218 = vuṭṭhi); DN.ii.15 (udakassa, streams) Ja.i.31; Pts.i.125 (udaka˚); Pv.ii.9#70 (sam …

dhītar →

pts

Dhītar & Dhītā

masculine & feminine daughter Thig.336 (in faith); Ja.i.152, Ja.i.253 Ja.vi.366; Pv.i.11#5; Dhp-a.iii.171, Dhp-a.iii.176; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.21, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.105 deva˚ a female deva …

dhītā →

pts

Dhītar & Dhītā

masculine & feminine daughter Thig.336 (in faith); Ja.i.152, Ja.i.253 Ja.vi.366; Pv.i.11#5; Dhp-a.iii.171, Dhp-a.iii.176; Pv-a.16, Pv-a.21, Pv-a.61, Pv-a.105 deva˚ a female deva …

dinnaka →

pts

an adopted son, in enumn of four kinds of sons (atraja, khettaja, antevāsika, d.) Cnd.448; Ja.i.135 (= posāvanatthāya dinna).

disā →

pts

point of the compass, region quarter, direction, bearings. The 4 principal points usualy enumerated are puratthimā (E) pacchimā (W) dakkhiṇā (S) uttarā (N …

diṭṭha →

pts

Diṭṭha1

  1. seen; a˚ not seen DN.i.222 (a˚ + avedita asacchikata); MN.i.3 sq. (diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhato sañjānāti); Snp.147 (diṭṭhā vā ye vā addiṭṭhā), Snp.995 (na me diṭṭho ito pubbe na ssuto… Sat …

dubbha →

pts

Dubbha & Dūbha

adjective deceiving, hurting, trying to injure Vin.ii.203 (= Iti.86 where dubbhe); Pv.ii.9#3 (mitta˚). adubbha one who does not do harm, harmless Pv.ii.9#8 (˚pāṇin = ahiṃsakahattha). …

dubbhana →

pts

hurtfulness, treachery, injury against somebody (c. loc.) Pv-a.114 (= anattha).

Sk. *dambhana

duka →

pts

dyad Dhs-a.36, Dhs-a.343, Dhs-a.347, Dhs-a.406; Vism.11 sq. & in titles of books “in pairs, on pairs, e.g. Dukapaṭṭhāna; or chapters, e.g. Ja.ii.1 (˚nipāta).

see dvi B ii

dukkha →

pts

…suffering, only in phrase (aṭṭhangiko maggo) d-ûpasama-gāmino SN.iii.86; Iti.106; Snp.724 = Dhp.191;

  • -(m)esin wishing ill, malevolent…

dussa →

pts

Dussa1

neuter woven material, cloth, turban cloth; (upper) garment, clothes Vin.i.290 Vin.ii.128, Vin.ii.174; Vin.iv.159. DN.i.103; SN.v.71; MN.i.215; MN.ii.92; AN.v.347; Snp.679; Pv.i.10# …

dāma →

pts

bond, fetter, rope; chain, wreath, garland SN.iv.163 (read dāmena for damena), SN.iv.282, (id.); AN.iii.393 (dāmena baddho); Snp.28 (= vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitā nandhipasayuttā rajjuban …

dāna →

pts

  1. giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …

dāyana →

pts

cutting; -agga the first of what has been cut (on fields) Dhp-a.i.98; -atthaṃ for the purpose of mowing Dhp-a.iii.285.

see dayati

dāṭhā →

pts

…daṃṣṭrā to ḍasati (q.v.), cp. also daṭṭha

dīpa →

pts

Dīpa1

a lamp Ja.ii.104 (˚ṃ jāleti to light a l.); Dhp-a.ii.49 (id.), Dhp-a.ii.94 (id.)

  • -acci the flame of a lamp Thag-a.154;
  • -āloka light of …

dīpana →

pts

adjective illustrating, explaining; f. explanation, commentary, Name of several Commentaries, e.g. the Paramattha-dīpanī of Dhammapāla on Th 2; Pv Vv
■ Cp. jotikā & uddīpanā.

dūbha →

pts

Dubbha & Dūbha

adjective deceiving, hurting, trying to injure Vin.ii.203 (= Iti.86 where dubbhe); Pv.ii.9#3 (mitta˚). adubbha one who does not do harm, harmless Pv.ii.9#8 (˚pāṇin = ahiṃsakahattha). …

ekaccika →

pts

adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).

fr. ekacca

ekanta →

pts

adjective one-sided, on one end, with one top, topmost (˚-) usually in function of an adv. as ˚-meaning “absolutely, extremely, extraordinary, quite” etc.

  1. (lit.) at one end, only in ˚lomin a wo …

eti →

pts

to go, go to, reach; often (= ā + eti) to come back, return Snp.364, Snp.376, Snp.666 (come); Ja.vi.365 (return); ppr. ento Ja.iii.433 (acc. suriyaṃ atthaṃ entaṃ the setting sun); imper 2nd</s …

ga →

pts

…e.g. in addha˚, anta˚ paṭṭha˚, pāra˚, veda˚
■ dugga (m. & nt.) a difficult road Dhp.327 = Mil.379; Pv.ii.7#8 (=…

gabbha →

pts

  1. interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
    ■ Ja.i.90 …

gacchati →

pts

The three formations (described below in the etymology) are represented in Pāli as follows.

  1. gacch˚, in
    pres gacchati;
    imper gaccha & gacchāhi;
    pot gacche (Dhp.46, Dhp.224) & gacchey …

gaha →

pts

…Cnd.134 (paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vā), Cnd.398, Cnd.487; Sdhp.375. -˚vatta a layman’s rule of conduct Snp.393 (= agāriyā…

gahana →

pts

  1. adj. deep, thick, impervious, only in a˚ clear, unobstructed, free from obstacles Vv.18#7 (akanataka +); Mil.160 (gahanaṃ a kataṃ the thicket is cleared).
  2. nt. an impenetrable place, a thicket j …

gahaṇa →

pts

adjective seizing, taking; acquiring; (n.) seizure, grasp, hold, acquisition Vism.114 (in detail) usually -˚: nāma˚-divase on the day on which a child gets its name (lit. acquiring a name) Ja.i.199, …

gama →

pts

˚Gama

  1. adj. going, able to go; going to, leading to; in vihangama going in the air Snp.221, Snp.606; Thag.1108; Ja.i.216 (cp. gamana); aghasi˚ id. Vv.16#1 (= vehāsaṃ Vv-a.78); nabhasi˚ going on clo …

gandha →

pts

smell, viz.

  1. odour, smell, scent in gen Ja.iii.189; Dhp.54–Dhp.56 = Mil.333; Dhs.605 under ghānâyatanāni); āma˚ smell of raw flesh AN.i.280; DN.ii.242; Snp.241 sq; maccha˚ the scent of fish Ja.iii. …

gandhabba →

pts

  1. a musician, a singer Ja.ii.249 sq.; Ja.iii.188; Vv-a.36, Vv-a.137.
  2. a Gandharva or heavenly musician, as a class (see ˚*kāyika*) belonging to the demigods who inhabit the Cātu …

garuka →

pts

somewhat heavy.

  1. lit. Ja.i.134 (of the womb in pregnancy); Dhp.310; Mil.102. Usually coupled & contrasted with; lahuka, light: in def. of sense of touch Dhs.648; similarly w. si …

gata →

pts

gone, in all meanings of gacchati (q.v.) viz.

  1. literal. gone away, arrived at, directed to (c. acc.), opp ṭhita: gate ṭhite nisinne (loc. abs.) when going standing, sitting down (cp. gacchati 1) DN …

gati →

pts

  1. going, going away, (opp. āgati coming) (both gati & āgati usually in pregnant sense of No. (2) See āgati); direction, course, career. Freq of the two careers of a Mahāpurisa (viz. either a Cakkavat …

gaḷati →

pts

(and galati) [Sk. galati, cp. Ohg. quellan to well up, to flow out; see note on gala and cp. also jala water

  1. to drip, flow, trickle (trs. & intr.) Vin.i.204 (natthu g.); MN.i.336 (sīsaṃ lohitena g …

gaṇṭhi →

pts

  1. a knot, a tie, a knot or joint in a stalk (of a plant) Ja.i.172; DN-a.i.163; Dhp-a.i.321 (˚jātaṃ what has be come knotty or hard)
    ■ diṭṭhi-gaṇṭhi the tangle of false doctrine Vv-a.297; ant …

geṇḍuka →

pts

…ground) Ja.iv.30; Vism.143 (pahaṭa-citra˚) = Dhs-a.116 (where wrongly pahaṭṭha-citta-bheṇḍuka); Ja.v.196 (citra-bh˚);…

ghara →

pts

…Snp.188; Iti.112 (gahaṭṭha +) Ja.vi.575;

  • -ājira house-yard Vism.144 (where Dhs-a.116 in id. passage reads gharadvāra). *…

ghaṭṭa →

pts

…Snp-a.582 (for ugghaṭṭha) also at Vin.iv.46 in def. of vehāsa-kuṭī (a cell or hut with air, i.e., spacious, airy) as majjhimassa…

ghāsa →

pts

grass for fodder, pasturing: food Ja.i.511 (˚ṃ kurute); Pv-a.173 (˚atthāya gacchati “go feeding”) Mostly in: -esana search for food (= gocara) SN.i.141; Snp.711
■ Cp. vi˚*-[chada](/define/chada …

gihin →

pts

adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds *gihī …

gilāna →

pts

adjective sick ill Vin.i.51, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.92, Vin.i.142 sq., Vin.i.176, Vin.i.302 sq.; Vin.ii.165 Vin.ii.227 sq.; Vin.iv.88, etc.; SN.v.80, SN.v.81 (bāḷha˚ very ill); AN.i.120 = Pp.27; AN …

girā →

pts

…Dhs-a.93; DN-a.i.61 (aṭṭhangupetaṃ giraṃ) Ja.ii.134.

Vedic gir & gēr, song; gṛṇāti to praise, announce gūrti praise = Lat….

go →

pts

…as a superior profession (ukkaṭṭha-kamma) Vin.iv.6 -ravaka the bellowing of a cow MN.i.225; -rasa

gotta →

pts

…same Ja.i.56. Examples: Ambaṭṭha Kaṇhāyana-gottena DN.i.92; Vipassī Koṇḍañño g˚; Kakusandho Kassapo g˚ Bhagavā Gotamo g˚…

goṇa →

pts

Goṇa1

an ox, a bullock SN.iv.195 sq.; Ja.i.194 Ja.iv.67; Pv.i.8#2; Pv-a.39, Pv-a.40; Vv-a.63 (for ploughing) DN-a.i.163; Dhp-a.iii.60. -sira wild ox Ja.vi.538(= araññagoṇaka).

The …

goṇaka →

pts

Goṇaka1

a kind of ox, a wild bull Ja.vi.538 (arañña˚).

goṇa1

Goṇaka2

a woollen cover with long fleece (DN-a.i.86: dīghalomako mahākojavo; caturangulādhikāni kir …

guyha →

pts

  1. adj. to be hidden, hidden in ˚bhaṇḍaka the hidden part (of the body Dhp-a.iv.197.
  2. (nt.) that which is hidden; lit. in vattha˚; hidden by the dress, i.e. the pudendum DN.i.106; Snp.1022, etc. …

guṇa →

pts

…Davids, Dialogues ii.145 aṭṭhaguṇa (hirañña) Thig.153; aneka-bhāgena guṇena seyyo many times or infinitely better Pv.iv.1#9;…

gāma →

pts

…pavisitabbo MN.i.469; ˚ṃ raṭṭhañ ca bhuñjati Snp.619, Snp.711; gāme tiṃsa kulāni honti Ja.i.199
■ Snp.386, Snp.929, Snp.978;…

gāmaṇī →

pts

the head of a company, a chief, a village headman Vin.ii.296 (Maṇicūḷaka). Title of the G. Saṃyutta (Book VIII. of the Saḷāyatana-Vagga) SN.iv.305 sq.; & of the Gāmaṇī Jātaka Ja.i.136, Ja.i.137
■ S …

gāmin →

pts

˚Gāmin

adjective f. ˚iṇī, in composition ˚gāmi˚

  1. going, walking, lit.: sīgha˚ walking quickly Snp.381
  2. leading to, making for, usually with magga or paṭipadā (gāminī), either lit. Pāṭaliputtagām …

gārava →

pts

[cp. Sk. gaurava, fr. garu] reverence, respect, esteem; with loc. respect for reverence towards; in the set of six venerable objects Buddhe [Satthari], Dhamme, Sanghe, sikkhāya, appamāde paṭisanthāre …

gū →

pts

…skilled or perfected in. See addha˚, anta˚ chanda˚, dhamma˚, paṭṭha˚, pāra, veda˚.

fr. gam, cp. ˚ga

hasati →

pts

…(& haṭṭha).

owing to similarity of meaning the two roots has to laugh (Sk. hasati, pp. hasita) & hṛṣ to be…

hassati →

pts

…(& haṭṭha).

owing to similarity of meaning the two roots has to laugh (Sk. hasati, pp. hasita) & hṛṣ to be…

hattha →

pts

  1. hand DN.i.124; AN.i.47; Snp.610; Ja.vi.40
    ■ forearm Vin.iv.221; of animals SN.v.148; Ja.i.149; -pāda hand and foot MN.i.523; AN.i.47; Ja.ii.117; Pv-a.241; Dhp-a.iv.7. sahassa˚; thousand …

hatthaka →

pts

handful, a quantity (lit. a little hand) Vv.45#5 (= kalāpa Vv-a.197).

hattha + ka

hatthin →

pts

an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hat …

haṃsati →

pts

… pp haṭṭha.

cp. Vedic harṣate Idg. *ĝher to bristle (of hair), as in Lat. horreo (“horrid, horripilation”),…

haṭṭha →

pts

…either tuṭṭha (e.g. Ja.vi.427; Pv-a.113), or pahaṭṭha (Dhp-a.iii.292).

pp. of haṃsati

hetu →

pts

…n’atthi paccayo DN.i.53; aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā DN.iii.284 sq.; cp. SN.iii.69 sq.; DN.ii.107; MN.i.407; AN.i.55 sq., AN.i.66,…

hāpeti →

pts

Hāpeti1

  1. to neglect, omit AN.iii.44 (ahāpayaṃ); AN.iv.25; Dhp.166; Ja.ii.437; Ja.iv.182; ahāpetvā without omitting anything, i.e. fully AN.ii.77; Ja.iv.132; DN-a.i.99. atthaṃ hāpeti

hāraka →

pts

adjective carrying, taking, getting; removing (f. hārikā) MN.i.385; Ja.i.134, Ja.i.479; Pv.ii.9#1 (dhana˚) Snp-a.259 (maṃsa˚)
mala˚ an instrument for removing ear-wax Tha-ap.303; cp. haraṇī. …

hīna →

pts

… ■ Often opposed to ukkaṭṭha (exalted, decent, noble), e.g. Vin.iv.6; Ja.i.20, Ja.i.22; Ja.iii.218; Vb-a.410; or…

ijjhati →

pts

to have a good result, turn out a blessing. succeed prosper, be successful SN.i.175 (“work effectively trsl.; = samijjhati mahapphalaṃ hoti C.); SN.iv.303; Snp.461 Snp.485; Ja.v.393; Pv.ii.1#11; Pv.ii …

indriya →

pts

…19) at AN.i.118 sq. Under aṭṭhavidhaṃ indriya-rūpaṃ (Cpd. 159) or rūpaṃ as indriyaṃ “form which is faculty” Dhs.661 (cp…

isi →

pts

…AN.iv.61 as follows: Aṭṭhaka Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi (Yamadaggi) Angirasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa,…

issattha →

pts

(nt. m.)

  1. (nt.) archery (as means of livelihood & occupation) MN.i.85; MN.iii.1; SN.i.100 (so read with variant reading; T has issatta, C. explains by usu-sippaṃ K. S. p. 318); Snp.617 (˚ṃ upajī …

issatthaka →

pts

an archer Mil.419.

issattha + ka

issāsa →

pts

an archer Vin.iv.124; MN.iii.1; AN.iv.423 (issāso vā issās’ antevāsī vā); Ja.ii.87 Ja.iv.494; Mil.232; DN-a.i.156.

Sk. iṣvāsa, see issattha

iti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

ito →

pts

…91 kappas ago); Snp.570 (ito aṭṭhame, scil. divase 8 days ago Snp-a.457; T. reads atthami); Vv-a.319 (ito kira tiṃsa-kappa-sahasse);…

ittara →

pts

(sometimes spelt itara) adjective

  1. passing, changeable, short, temporary, brief unstable MN.i.318 (opp. dīgharattaṃ); AN.ii.187; Ja.i.393 Ja.iii.83 (˚dassana = khaṇika˚ C.), Ja.i …

itthakā →

pts

…(pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā); Vism.355 (˚dārugomaya) Pv-a.4 (˚cuṇṇa-makkhita-sīsa the head…

iṭṭhakā →

pts

…(pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā); Vism.355 (˚dārugomaya) Pv-a.4 (˚cuṇṇa-makkhita-sīsa the head…

jana →

pts

creature, living being:

  1. sg. an individual, a creature person, man Snp.121, Snp.676, Snp.807, Snp.1023 (sabba everybody) Usually collectively: people, they, one (= Fr. on), with pl. of verb Dhp.249 …

janana →

pts

adjective producing, causing (-˚) Iti.84 (anattha˚ dosa); Ja.iv.141; Dpvs.i.2; Dhs-a.258 Dhtp.428
■ f. jananī Pv-a.1 (saṃvega˚ dẹsanā); mother (cp. janettī) Ja.iv.175; Pv-a.7 …

japa →

pts

(& jappa vv.ll.)

  1. muttering, mumbling.; recitation AN.iii.56 = Ja.iii.205 (+ manta); Snp.328 (jappa (= niratthaka-kathā Snp-a.334).
  2. studying Ja.iii.114 (= ajjhena).

fr. japati

jatu →

pts

…As medicine Vin.i.201 -maṭṭhaka a decking with lac. used by women to prevent conception Vin.iv.261; consisting of either jatu kaṭṭha…

jivhā →

pts

…(of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which could touch his ears & cover his forehead:…

jotaka →

pts

adjective illuminating, making light; explaining Ja.ii.420; Dpvs.xiv.50; Mil.343 (= lamp-lighter)
■ f. -ikā explanation, commentary, Name of several Commentaries, e.g. the Paramatthajotikā on th …

joti →

pts

  1. light, splendour, radiance SN.i.93; AN.ii.85; Vv.16#2.
  2. a star: see compounds
  3. fire SN.i.169; Thag.415; Ja.iv.206; sajotibhūta set on fire SN.ii.260; AN.iii.407 sq.; Ja.i.232.
  • *-[parāyaṇa]( …

jāla →

pts

Jāla1

neuter a net; netting, entanglement (lit. or fig.): snare, deceptíon (= māyā)

A. Lit

Cnd.260 (= suttajāla, a plaiting of threads); Snp-a.115 Snp-a.263 (= suttamaya) DN. …

jānana →

pts

knowledge, cognizance, recognition; intelligence, learning, skill Ja.i.145 (attānaṃ-˚kālato paṭṭhāya from the time of self-recognition), Ja.i.200 (-˚manta knowledge of a spell, a spell known by tum …

jāta →

pts

  1. As adj. n.un
    1. born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …

jātaka →

pts

Jātaka1

neuter

  1. a birth story as found in the earlier books. This is always the story of a previous birth of the Buddha as a wise man of old. In this sense it occurs as the name of one …

jāti →

pts

■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).

  1. birth, rebirth, possibility of …

jāyati →

pts

(jāyate) to be born, to be produced, to arise, to be reborn.
pres 3rd pl. jāyare Ja.iii.459; Ja.iv.53; Mil.337;
ppr jāyanto Snp.208;
aor jāyi Ja.iii.391;
inf jātum Ja.i.374
■ *[jāyati](/defi …

jīna →

pts

…Ja.iii.335 Ja.v.99 (atthaṃ: robbed of their possessions; Com parihīna vinaṭṭha)
■ with abl.: Ja.v.401 (read jīnā dhanā).

pp. of…

jūta →

pts

gambling, playing at dice DN.i.7 (˚ppamādaṭṭhāna cp. DN-a.i.85)≈; DN-a.iii.182, DN-a.186 (id.); Ja.i.290; Ja.iii.198 Ja.vi.281; Dhp-a.ii.228. -ṃ kīḷati to play at d. Ja.i.289 Ja.iii.187
■ See …

kacchapaka →

pts

see *hattha*˚.

kad →

pts

Kad˚

orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing in …

kadalī →

pts

Kadalī1

feminine

  1. the plantain, Musa sapientium. Owing to the softness and unsubstantiality of its trunk it is used as a frequent symbol of unsubstantiality transitoriness and worthless …

kali →

pts

  1. the unlucky die (see akkha); “the dice were seeds of a tree called the vibhītaka… An extra seed was called the kali” (Dial. ii.368 n. DN.ii.349; Ja.i.380; Dhp.252 (= Dhp-a.iii …

kaliṅgara →

pts

…Dhp.41; Dhp-a.i.321 (= kaṭṭhakhaṇḍa, a chip) Thig.468 (id.) as kaṭṭhakalingarāni Dhp-a.ii.142. 2. a plank, viz. a step in a…

kalyāṇa →

pts

(& kallāṇa)

  1. (adj.) beautiful, charming; auspicious, helpful, morally good. Syn bhaddaka Pv-a.9, Pv-a.116) and kusala (SN.ii.118; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.122); opp. pāpa (SN.i.83; MN.i.43; Pv-a.101, Pv-a …

kamatthaṃ →

pts

adverb for what purpose, why? Ja.iii.398 (= kimatthaṃ).

kaṃ atthaṃ

kambojā →

pts

N of a country Ja.v.446 (˚ka raṭṭha); Pv.ii.91 (etc.); Vism.332, Vism.334, Vism.336.

kamma →

pts

…viz. low (hīna) & high (ukkaṭṭha) professions. To the former belong the kammāni of a koṭṭhaka and a pupphacchaḍḍaka, to the latter…

kappa →

pts

adjective noun anything made with a definite object in view, prepared, arranged; or that which is fit, suitable, proper. See also DN-a.i.103 & Kp-a.115 for var. meanings.

I. Literal Meaning # …

kapāla →

pts

  1. a tortoiseor turtle-shell SN.i.7 = Mil.371; SN.iv.179; as ornament at DN-a.i.89.
  2. the skull, cp. kaṭāha in sīsakaṭāha.
  3. a frying pan (usually as ayo˚, of iron, e.g. AN.iv.70 Cnd.304#iii; Vv- …

karoti →

pts

v. irreg. Of the endless variety of forms given by grammarians only the foll. are bona fide and borne out by passages from our texts (when bracketed found in gram. works only).

I. Act

  1. I …

kasati →

pts

to till, to plough SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.80; Thag.531; Ja.i.57; Ja.ii.165; Ja.vi.365
■ kassate (3rd sing med.) Thag.530
pp kattha (q.v.) Caus. ii. kasāpeti Mil.66, Mil.82; Dhp-a.i.224.

*kṛṣ …

kasiṇa →

pts

Kasiṇa1

adjective entire, whole Ja.iv.111, Ja.iv.112.

Vedic kṛtsna

Kasiṇa2

neuter one of the aids to kammaṭṭhāna, the practice by means of which myst …

kata →

pts

(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …

kathana →

pts

  1. conversing, talking Ja.i.299; Ja.iii.459; Ja.vi.340.
  2. telling i.e. answering solving (a question) Ja.v.66 (pañha˚).
  3. preaching Dhp-a.i.7.
  4. reciting, narrating Kacc.130. Cp. kathita- *akatha …

kathaṃ →

pts

adverb dubit. interr. part.

  1. how; with ind. pres. Pv-a.6 (k. puriso paṭilabhati), or with fut. & cond. Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.159 (k. tattha gamissāmi); Ja.vi.500; Pv-a.54 (na dassāmi)
  2. why, for what …

kathā →

pts

…explanation, exposition, in aṭṭha˚; (q.v.), cp. gati Pts.ii.72. 6. discussion, in -vatthu (see below) Mhvs.5 Mhvs.138. -dukkathā

kattha →

pts

adverb where? where to whither? Vin.i.83, Vin.i.107; Vin.ii.76; DN.i.223; Snp.487, Snp.1036; Ja.iii.76; Pv.ii.9#16; Dhp-a.i.3
■ k. nu kho where then where I wonder? DN.i.215 sq., Pv-a.22 (with Pot …

katthati →

pts

to boast Snp.783 (ppr. med. akatthamāna). Cp. pavikatthita.

cp. Sk. katthate, etym. unexplained

katthitar →

pts

ag. fr. katthati] a boaster Snp.930.

kavi →

pts

poet SN.i.38; SN.ii.267; Dāvs i.10; four classes enumerated at AN.ii.230 & DN-a.i.95, viz. 1 cintā˚ an original 2 suta˚ one who puts into verse what he has heard 3 attha˚ a didactic 4 paṭibhāṇa˚ an i …

kaḷopī →

pts

(= khaḷopi) f.

  1. a vessel, basin, pot: see compounds
  2. a basket, crate (= pacchi Thag-a.219; Ja.v.252) MN.i.77 MN.i.342; SN.i.236 = Thig.283 (where osenti is to be corr. to openti); Ja.v.252

kaṃsa →

pts

  1. bronze Mil.2 magnified by late commentators occasionally into silver or gold. Thus Ja.vi.504 (silver) and Ja.i.338; Ja.iv.107 Ja.vi.509 (gold), considered more suitable to a fairy king
  2. a bronze …

kaṅkhati →

pts

  1. with loc.: to be uncertain, unsettled, to doubt (syn. vicikicchati with which always combined). Kaṅkhati vicikicchati dvīsu mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇesu DN.i.106 is in doubt a …

kaṇṭha →

pts

…variant reading sūcikaṭṭha “whose bones are like needles”), Pv-a.260 (visukkha-k-ṭṭha-jivhā). 2. neck Vin.i.15; Dhp.307…

kaṭa →

pts

Kaṭa1

a mat: see compounds & kaṭallaka.

  • -sara a reed: Saccharum Sara, used as medicine Dhs-a.78.
  • -sāra (Dhp-a.i.268) & *[sāraka](/define/sāraka …

kaṭhala →

pts

…As f. combined with kaṭṭha at AN.i.124 = Pp.30, Pp.36; AN.iii.6; as m. in same combination at Vism.261.

Sk….

kaṭhina →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) hard, firm, stiff Cp.ii.2; Dhs.44, Dhs.45 (where also der. f. abstr. akaṭhinatā absence of rigidity, combined with akakkhalatā, cp Dhs-a.151 akaṭhina-bhāva); Pv-a.152 (˚dā …

kaṭṭha →

pts

…bad, useless: see kaṭṭhaka2. Only in compounds; perhaps also in pakaṭṭhaka.

*…

kaṭṭhaka →

pts

…(= velu-sankhāta-kaṭṭha).

to kaṭṭha3

Kaṭṭhaka2

(m. pl.) a kind of fairy DN.ii.261

to…

kesa →

pts

the hair of the head SN.i.115 (haṭa-haṭa-k˚, with dishevelled hair) AN.i.138 (palita-kesa with grey hair; also at Ja.i.59) Snp.456 (nivutta˚), Snp.608; Thag.169; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.138; Ja.iii.393; Mil. …

khacita →

pts

inlaid, adorned with, usually with jewels e.g. Vv-a.14, Vv-a.277; maṇi-muttâdi khacitā ghaṇṭā “bells inlaid with jewels, pearls, etc.” Vv-a.36; of a fan inlaid with ivory (danta-khacita) Vin.iii. …

khandha →

pts

…AN.v.326. tīhi khandhehi… aṭṭhangiko maggo sangahito MN.i.301; sīlakkhandhaṃ, etc. paripūreti “to fulfil the sīla-group” AN.i.125;…

khanti →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khantī →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khatta →

pts

rule, power, possession; only in compounds:

  • -dhamma the law of ruling, political science Ja.v.490 (is it khattu˚ = khattā˚?)
  • -vijjā polity DN.i.9, condemn …

khattar →

pts

attendant, companion, charioteer, the king’s minister and adviser (Lat. satelles “satellite” has been compared for etym.) DN.i.112 (= DN-a.i.280, kh˚ vuccati pucchita-pucchita-pañhaṃ vyākaraṇa-sam …

khaṇa →

pts

…cp. p. Vism.431) Ja.iv.128; aṭṭha-kkhaṇa-vinimmutto kh˚ paramadullabho: one opportunity out of eight, very difficult to be obtained…

khema →

pts

  1. (adj.) full of peace, safe; tranquil, calm DN.i.73 (of a country) SN.i.123 (of the path leading to the ambrosial, i.e. Nibbāna), SN.i.189 = Snp.454 (of vācā nibbānapattiyā); MN.i.227 (vivaṭaṃ amata …

khetta →

pts

…Snp.858; Nd ii.on lepa, gahaṭṭha, etc. As example in definition of visible objects Dhs.597; Vb.71 sq
■ Kasī a tilled field, a field…

khipati →

pts

to throw, to cast, to throw out or forth, to upset Snp.p.32 (cittaṃ); Ja.i.223 (sīsaṃ), Ja.i.290 (pāsake); Ja.ii.3 (daḷhaṃ dalhassa: to pit force against force)
aor khipi SN.iv.2, SN.iv.3 (khuracakk …

khiḍḍā →

pts

play, amusement, pleasure usually combined with rati, enjoyment. Var. degrees of pleasures (bāla˚, etc.) mentioned at AN.v.203; var kinds of amusement enumerated at Cnd.219; as expounded at DN.i.6 und …

khādati →

pts

…of a Petī), Pv.i.9#4
■ kaṭṭhaṃ kh˚ to use a toothpick Ja.i.80, Ja.i.282, dante kh˚ to gnash the teeth Ja.i.161
■ santakaṃ kh to…

kiccha →

pts

  1. (adj.)
    1. distressed, in difficulty, poor, miserable, painful: kicchā vatâyaṃ idha vutti yaṃ jano passati kibbisakārī (miserable is the life of one who does wrong) Snp.676 = parihīnattha, in pov …

kilesa →

pts

…two, are also grouped as aṭṭha k˚-vatthūni at Vb.385
■ As three kilesas (past, present and future at…

kiliṭṭha →

pts

  1. soiled, stained, impure; of gatta, limbs Ja.i.129; of cīvara, cloak Bdhd 92; of vattha clothes Dhp-a.ii.261; of pāvāra-puppha, mango blossom Kp-a.58 = Vism.258.
  2. unclean, lustful (morally bad, …

kiñcana →

pts

adjective noun only in neg. sentences: something, anything From the freq. context in the older texts it has assumed the moral implication of something that sticks or adheres to the character of a man, …

kiṃ →

pts

  1. as nt. subst. what? sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ what is the obstruction? Snp.1032; kiṃ tava patthanāya what is it about your wish, i.e. what good is your wish? Vv-a.226; kim idaṃ this is what, that is …

klesa →

pts

…two, are also grouped as aṭṭha k˚-vatthūni at Vb.385
■ As three kilesas (past, present and future at…

kodha →

pts

anger. Nearest synonyms are āghāta (Dhs.1060 = Cnd.576 both expositions also of dosa), upanāha (always in chain rāga, dosa, moha, kodha, upanāha) and *[dhūma]( …

kosa →

pts

…assā˚, rathā˚, raṭṭhaṃ˚. 2. a sheath, in khura˚ Vism.251, paṇṇa˚ Kp-a.46. 3. a vessel or bowl for food: see…

kosamattha →

pts

Err:501

koseyya →

pts

silk; silken material Vin.i.58 = Mil.267; Vin.i.192, Vin.i.281; Vin.ii.163, Vin.ii.169; DN.i.7, cp. AN.i.181 (see DN-a.i.87); AN.iv.394; Pv.ii.1#17; Ja.i.43; Ja.vi.47.

koṭṭha →

pts

Koṭṭha1

masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as

  1. the stomach or abdomen Mil.265, Vism.357; Sdhp.257.
  2. a closet, a monk’s cell, a storeroom MN. …

koṭṭhaka →

pts

…āsanāni paṭṭhapenti “they spread mats in the gateways” Vv-a.6; esp. with bahi:…

kuddāla →

pts

spade or a hoe (kanda-mūla-phalagahaṇ’atthaṃ DN-a.i.269) Vin.iii.144; Ja.v.45; Dhp-a.iv.218 Often in combination kuddāla-piṭaka “hoe and basket DN.i.101; SN.ii.88; SN.v.53; AN.i.204; AN.ii.199; …

kukkucca →

pts

  1. bad doing, misconduct, bad character. Def. kucchitaṃ kataṃ kukataṃ tassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ Vism.470 & Bdhd 24
    ■ Various explanations in Nd ii.on Snp.1106 = Dhs.1160, in its literal sense it is b …

kula →

pts

(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)

  1. clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …

kulattha →

pts

kind of vetch MN.i.245 (˚yūsa): Mil.267; Vism.256 (˚yūsa).

kulāvaka →

pts

…DN.i.91 (= DN-a.i.257 nivāsaṭṭhanaṃ); SN.i.8; SN.i.224 = Ja.i.203 (a brood of birds = supaṇṇapotakā); Ja.iii.74 (variant reading BB),…

kusalatā →

pts

(only -˚) skill, cleverness, accomplishment; good quality
■ lakkhaṇa˚ skill in interpreting special signs Vv-a.138; aparicita˚ neglect in acquiring good qualities Pv-a.67. For foll. cp Mrs. Rh. D …

kusumbha →

pts

the safflower, Carthamus tinctorius, used for dying red Ja.v.211 (˚rattavattha); Ja.vi.264 (do) Khus Ja.iv.2.

kutti →

pts

arrangement, fitting, trapping, harnessing Vin.ii.108 (sara˚: accuracy in sound, harmony); Ja.iii.314 (massu˚ beard-dressing, explained by massu-kiriyā. Here corresponding to Sk *kḷpti!), Ja.iv.352 …

kuṇi →

pts

adjective deformed, paralysed (orig. bent, crooked, cp. kuṇa) only of the arm, acc. to Pp AN.iv.19 either of one or both arms (hands) Ja.i.353 (expl. kuṇṭhahattha) Dhp-a.i.376; Pp.51 (kāṇa, kuṇi, kha …

kuṇḍalin →

pts

su˚; Vv.73#1. Cp. Maṭṭha˚ Np Dhp-a.i.25; Pv.ii.5.

fr. kuṇḍala

Kuṇḍalin2

in kuṇḍalī-kata contorted…

kuṭikā →

pts

…Often fig. for body (see kāya). Thag.1
■ As adj. -˚, e.g. aṭṭhakuṭiko gāmo a village of 8 huts Dhp.i.313.

B. Sk….

kāla →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kāma →

pts

…of the first sutta of the Aṭṭhakavagga of Sn; -seṭṭhā (pl.) a class of devas DN.ii.258; -sevanā pursuit of,…

kāmatā →

pts

desire, longing, with noun: viveka˚… to be alone Pv-a.43; anattha˚ Ja.iv.14 with inf. Pv-a.65 (gahetu˚); Ja.iii.362 (vināsetu˚) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.260; Dhp-a.i.91.

abstr. fr. kāma

kāmin →

pts

adjective

  1. having kāma, i.e. enjoying pleasure, gratifying one’s own desires in kāma-kāmin realizing all wishes; attr. of beings in one of the Sugatis the blissful states, of Yakkhas, Devas or D …

kāpilavatthava →

pts

adjective of or from Kapilavatthu, belonging to K. DN.ii.165, DN.ii.256; SN.iv.182.

kāra →

pts

  1. abs.
    1. deed, service, act of mercy or worship, homage: kāra-paṇṇaka Ja.vi.24 (vegetable as oblation); appako pi kato kāro devûpapattiṃ āvahati “even a small gift of mercy brings about rebirth …

kāraṇa →

pts

,

    1. a deed, action, performance, esp. an act imposed or inflicted upon somebody by a higher authority (by the king as representative of justice or by kamma MN.iii.181; see *kamma

kāsika →

pts

adjective belonging to the Kāsī country, or to Benares; in -uttama (scil. vattha) an upper garment made of Benares cloth Pv.i.10#8; Ja.vi.49 (where to be read kāsik’ uttama for kāsi-kuttama). *-v …

kāsāviya →

pts

one who is dressed in yellow, esp. of the royal executioner (cp. kāsāya-vattha) Ja.iv.447 (= cora-ghātaka C.).

fr. kāsāva

kāsāya →

pts

and Kāsāva (adj.) [Sk. kāṣāya from the Pāli; kāsāya prob. fr. Sk. śyāma or śyāva brown = Pāli sāma with kā = kad, a kind of, thus meaning a kind of brown i.e. yellow. See further under sāma and cp. …

kāya →

pts

…anikaṭṭha-kāyo nikaṭṭha-citto AN.ii.137; sāraddha-kāyo sankiliṭṭha-citto AN.v.93 = AN.v.95 AN.v.97; bhāvita-kāyo,…

kāyura →

pts

…adj as sakāyura raṭṭha having the insignia “regis” Ja.v.289 = Ja.v.486.

see also keyūra, which is the…

kāyūra →

pts

…adj as sakāyura raṭṭha having the insignia “regis” Ja.v.289 = Ja.v.486.

see also keyūra, which is the…

kāḷa →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kīva →

pts

Kīvant & Kīva

(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …

kīvant →

pts

Kīvant & Kīva

(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …

kūṭa →

pts

Kūṭa1

neuter a trap, a snare; fig. falsehood, deceit. As trap Ja.i.143 (kūṭapāsādi); Ja.iv.416 (expln paṭicchannapāsa). As deceit, cheating in formula tulā˚ kaṃsa māna˚ “cheatin …

labhati →

pts

  1. (the very freq. & ordinary meaning) to get, to receive, obtain, acquire.
  2. (fig.) to obtain permission to receive an opportunity, etc., as “pabbajituṃ sace lacchāmi” if I am allowed to receive the …

lakkhaṇa →

pts

  1. sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …

lasagata →

pts

(hattha) at AN.ii.165 is to be read (with variant reading) as lepagata, i.e. sticky (opp. suddha).

lasī →

pts

brains Ja.i.493 (= matthalunga C.) = Dhp-a.i.145. Lasuna & Lasuna;

etym.?

laṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective beautiful, auspicious, lovely Ja.iii.464 Ja.iii.493; Ja.iv.1, Ja.iv.477; DN-a.i.284.

Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. compares Sk. laṭaha, laḍaha, dialectical

lekhā →

pts

…classed as a respectable (ukkaṭṭha) profession (sippa) Vin.iv.7; and mentioned by the side of muddā and…

leḍḍu →

pts

clod of earth SN.v.146 = Ja.ii.59 (˚ṭṭhāna); Ja.i.19, Ja.i.175 Ja.iii.16; Ja.vi.405; Mil.255; Snp-a.222 (ākāse khitta, in simile); Vism.28 (translation “stone”), Vism.360 (˚khaṇḍ’ādīni), Vism.366 (co …

leṇa →

pts

(& lena) neuter

  1. a cave (in a rock), a mountain cave, used by ascetics (or bhikkhus) as a hermitage or place of shelter, a rock cell. Often enumerated with kuṭi guhā, e.g. Vin.iv.48; Mil.151; Vb. …

liṅga →

pts

…Vin.iv.7 (two: hīna & ukkaṭṭha); Ja.i.18; Ja.iv.114 (gihi˚), Ja.iv.130; Mil.133 (sāsana˚), Mil.162 (dve samaṇassa lingāni), Mil.405…

loka →

pts

…(= Vessavaṇa), Dhataraṭṭha, Virūpakkha, Virūḷhaka alias the 4 mahārājāno Pv.i.4#2; Ja.i.48 (announce the future birth of a…

loma →

pts

…Mhvs.55 (abbhuta +).

  • -haṭṭha having the hair standing on end, horrified, thunderstruck, astounded DN.i.95; SN.v.270;…

lābha →

pts

…(l. vata no ye mayaṃ… upaṭṭhahimha).

  • -agga highest gain Ja.iii.125; Mil.21.
  • -āsā desire for…

lāmaka →

pts

…Kp-a.150 (˚desanā, cp. ukkaṭṭha); Dhp-a.ii.77; Dhp-a.iv.44 (˚bhāva) Vv-a.116; Pv-a.15 (for pāpa); Pv-a.103 (= pāpaka), Pv-a.125…

m →

pts

-M-

euphonic consonant inserted between two vowels to avoid hiatus, as agga-m-agga the best of all Vin.iv.232 aṅga-m-aṅgāni limb by limb Vin.iii.119; Vv.38#2, etc See also SN.iii.254 (yena\ …

mada →

pts

  1. intoxication, sensual excess, in formula davāya madāya maṇḍanāya (for purposes of sport, excess, personal charm etc. MN.i.355 = AN.ii.40 = Mnd.496 = Cnd.540 = Pp.21 = Dhs.1346, Dhs.1348. The comm …

madda →

pts

…(piṭṭhi˚). 2. [dialectical, cp. Sk. madra] Name of a country & its inhabitants, in -raṭṭha Snp-a.68 sq. ˚rājakula…

magga →

pts

…Eightfold Path“ (see aṭṭhangika). It is mentioned at many places, & forms the corner-stone of the Buddha’s teaching as to the means…

mahant →

pts

adjective great, extensive, big important, venerable
■ nom. mahā Snp.1008; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitāmaha (following a …

mahisa →

pts

…Ja.i.356, cp. Mahiṃsaka-raṭṭha Vb-a.4; as Mahisa-maṇḍala at Mhvs.12, Mhvs.29
Note. The P. pop. etym. is propounded by Bdhgh…

mahiṃsa →

pts

…Ja.i.356, cp. Mahiṃsaka-raṭṭha Vb-a.4; as Mahisa-maṇḍala at Mhvs.12, Mhvs.29
Note. The P. pop. etym. is propounded by Bdhgh…

mahīsa →

pts

…Ja.i.356, cp. Mahiṃsaka-raṭṭha Vb-a.4; as Mahisa-maṇḍala at Mhvs.12, Mhvs.29
Note. The P. pop. etym. is propounded by Bdhgh…

majjati →

pts

…Cp. sam˚
pp majjita & maṭṭha.

mṛj to clean, polish; connected with either Lat. mergo (cp. Gr. ἀμέργω) or Lat. mulgeo to wipe,…

majjhantika →

pts

…Ja.v.213 (yāva upakaṭṭha-majjhantikā); Ja.v.291 (read majjhantik âtikamm’ āgami); Vism.236; Mil.3; or as apposition with *kāla…

majjhatta →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) “standing in the middle,” umpire neutral, impartial, indifferent Ja.i.300; Ja.ii.359 (parama˚ + upekkhā-pārāmī); Ja.vi.8; Mil.403; Vism.230; Mhvs.21, Mhvs.14.
  2. indifferen …

majjhima →

pts

…m. ukkaṭṭha Vin.iv.243; khuddaka m mahā Vism.100;…

majjita →

pts

cleaned, polished Vv-a.340 (suṭṭhu m. for sumaṭṭha Vv.84#17). See also maṭṭha.

pp. of majjati2

mamāyita →

pts

…ajjhositaṃ, m., parāmaṭṭhaṃ); Snp.119; Dhp-a.i.11
■ (nt.:) Snp.466, Snp.777, Snp.805, Snp.950 = Dhp.367 (explained as: yassa…

mana(s) →

pts

…by tuṭṭha-mano, haṭṭha-mano, attamano etc at Mnd.3; by santuṭṭha-citto at Snp-a.512)

IV. manasi-karoti (etc.)

to…

mandāmukhi →

pts

coal-pan, a vessel for holding embers for the sake of heating Vin.i.32 (= aggi-bhājana C.); Vv-a.147 (mandamukhī, stands for angara-kapalla p. 142 in expln of hattha-patāpaka Vv.33#32) …

mano →

pts

…by tuṭṭha-mano, haṭṭha-mano, attamano etc at Mnd.3; by santuṭṭha-citto at Snp-a.512)

IV. manasi-karoti (etc.)

to…

marīci →

pts

  1. a ray of light Vv-a.166.
  2. a mirage Ja.vi.209 Vism.496; Vb-a.34, Vb-a.85; often combined with māyā (q.v.) e.g. Cnd.680 Aii; Ja.ii.330.
  • *-[kammaṭṭhāna](/define/k …

masāraka →

pts

kind of couch (mañca) or longchair; enumerated under the 4 kinds of mañcā at Vin.iv.40-See also Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.357 (where explained as: mañcapāde vijjhitvā tattha aṭṭaniyo pavesetvā kato: made by …

mathati →

pts

to churn, to shake, disturb, upset. Only in Caus. matheti to agitate, crush, harass, upset (cittaṃ SN.iv.210; Snp.50 (= tāseti hāpeti Cnd.492); Pv.iv.7#1 (kammānaṃ vipāko mathaye manaṃ; C 264: abhib …

matta →

pts

Matta1

adjective (-˚) “by measure,” measured, as far as the measure goes, i.e

  1. consisting of, measuring (with numerals or similar expressions): appamatto kali Snp.659; pañcamattā sata …

mattha →

pts

the head, etc. Only in cpd. mattha-luṅga [cp. Sk. mastulunga] the brain Vin.i.274; Snp.199; Kp iii.; Ja.i.493; Kp-a.60; Vism.260 (in detail), Vism.264, Vism.359; Vb-a.63, Vb-a.243, Vb-a.249; Dh …

matthaka →

pts

the head, fig. top, summit Ja.iii.206 = Ja.iv.4; Ja.iv.173, Ja.iv.457; Ja.v.478; DN-a.i.226 (pabbata˚); Pv.iv.16#3; Dhp-a.i.184. matthaka-matthakena (from end to end) Ja.i.202; Ja.iii.304. Loc. * …

mañjeṭṭha →

pts

…(Hardy in T. reads mañjaṭṭha, as twice at Vv-a.111, with vv.ll. ˚jiṭṭha ˚jeṭṭha, cp. Corrections & Addns on p. 372);…

mañju →

pts

bindu & aṭṭhanga); Ja.ii.150
■ (nt. a sweet note Ja.vi.591 (of the deer in the forest); Vv-a.219 (karavīka…

maṭāhaka →

pts

adjective short (?) Vin.ii.138 (ati˚ = atikhuddaka C.). Matta & Mattha;

doubtful spelling & meaning

maṭṭa →

pts

…Cp. sam.˚- 2. maṭṭha: Vv.84#17 (su˚); Mil.248; Dhp-a.i.25 (˚kuṇḍalī having burnished earrings);…

maṭṭha →

pts

…Cp. sam.˚- 2. maṭṭha: Vv.84#17 (su˚); Mil.248; Dhp-a.i.25 (˚kuṇḍalī having burnished earrings);…

mettā →

pts

to love, to be fat: “mejjati mettā siniyhatī ti attho” love, amity, sympathy, friendliness, active interest in others. There are var. defns & explains of mettā: the stereotype “*metti mettā …

missa →

pts

adjective

  1. mixed (with: -˚); various Vin.i.33 (kesa˚, jatā˚ etc. = a mixture of, various); Thag.143; Ja.iii.95, Ja.iii.144 (udaka-paṇṇa˚ yāgu); Pv.i.9#2 (missā kiṭakā). nt. missaṃ as adv. “in a …

miñja →

pts

miñjā (f.) marrow, pith, kernel Vin.i.25 (in sequence chavi, camma, maṃsa, nahāru, aṭṭhi, miñjā); Vism.235 (id.); Kp iii. (aṭṭhi˚, f. cp. Kp-a.52, nt.); Ja.iv.402 (tāla˚ pith of th …

mogha →

pts

adjective empty, vain useless, stupid, foolish DN.i.187 (opp. to sacca), DN.i.199; Snp.354; Dhp.260 (˚jiṇṇa grown old in vain; C. explains as tuccha-jiṇṇa Dhp-a.iii.388); Dhp-a.i.110 (patthanā a fu …

mora →

pts

pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …

motar →

pts

…to sotar & sotabba & daṭṭhar & daṭṭhabba. The word does not occur in the similar passage MN.i.3.

n. ag. fr. munāti, more likely…

muddā →

pts

…as a noble craft (ukkaṭṭhaṃ sippaṃ) at Vin.iv.7 (with gaṇanā & lekhā), as the first of the sippāni (with gaṇanā) at MN.i.85…

mudu →

pts

adjective soft, mild, weak, tender DN.ii.17 = DN.iii.143 (+ taluṇa); AN.ii.151 (pañcindriyāni mudūni, soft, blunt weak: opp. tikkha); SN.ii.268 (˚taluṇa-hatthapādā) Snp.447 (= muduka Snp-a.393); Th …

muduka →

pts

…in easily, compared with ukkaṭṭha & majjhima); Kp-a.49 (˚aṭṭhikāni soft bones); Mhvs.25, 102 (sayana); -bhūmi Mil.34 2. soft, mild,…

muhutta →

pts

moment, a very short period of time, an inkling, as we should say “a second.”-Its duration may be seen from descending series of time-connotations at Pv-a.198 (under jātakamma, prophesy by astrolog …

mukha →

pts

  1. the mouth Snp.608, Snp.1022 (with ref. to the long tongue, pahūta-jivha, of the Buddha or Mahāpurisa) Ja.ii.7; DN-a.i.287 (uttāna˚ clear mouthed, i.e. easy to understand, cp. DN.i.116); Pv-a.11, …

mā →

pts

indeclinable prohibition particle: not, do not, let us hope not, I wish that… not [cp Lat. utinam & ne]. Constructed with various tenses e.g.

  1. with aor. (prohibitive tense): mā evaṃ akattha do …

māla FIXME double →

pts

…Vinay’ aṭṭha-kathāyaṃ pana eka-kūṭasangahito caturassa-pāsādo ti vuttaṃ“); Mil.46, Mil.47-Cp….

mātar →

pts

…(˚īsu mātucittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti foster the thought of mother towards whatever is a mother, where in sequence with bhaginī-mattin &…

mātikā →

pts

  1. a water course Vism.554 (˚âtikkamaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.96; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.50; Snp-a.500 (= sobbha); Dhp-a.ii.141 (its purpose: “ito c’ ito ca udakaṃ haritvā attano sassa-kammaṃ sampādenti”); Vv-a. …

māḷa FIXME double →

pts

…Vinay’ aṭṭha-kathāyaṃ pana eka-kūṭasangahito caturassa-pāsādo ti vuttaṃ“); Mil.46, Mil.47-Cp….

mūla →

pts

  1. (lit.) root AN.ii.200; MN.i.233; Dhp-a.i.270; Dhp-a.iv.200 (opp. patti); Vism.270 (rukkha˚; = rukkha-samīpaṃ); Pv.ii.9#6 (sa˚ with the root); Pv-a.43 (rukkhassa mūle at the foot of).
  2. foot …

mūlaka →

pts

adj. nt.

  1. (adj.)
    1. (-˚) being caused by, having its reason through or from, conditioned by originating in Vb.390 (taṇhā˚ dhammā); Tikp.233 sq. Tikp.252 sq., Tikp.288 sq. & passim; Vb-a.200 sq …

na →

pts

Na1

expletive-emphatic particle, often used in comparative-indefinite sense just so, like this, as if, as (see cana & canaṃ) Ja.v.339 (Com. cttha na-kāro upamāne). Als …

nakkhatta →

pts

…N. instead of 27 (Mnd.382: aṭṭhavīsati nakkhattāni), a discrepancy which may be accounted by the fact that one N. (the Orion) bore 2 names,…

namataka →

pts

piece of cloth Vin.ii.115 (satthaka), Vin.ii.123, Vin.ii.267 (˚ṃ dhāreti).

word & etym. doubtful; cp. nantaka & Bdhgh. Vin.ii.317: matakan (sic) ti satthakavedhanakaṃ (= veṭhanakaṃ) pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ

navuti →

pts

number number ninety Vv-a.345 & in compound eka˚; 91; DN.ii.2 (i.e. 92 minus 1; in expr. ekanavuto kappo, variant reading ekanavuti kappe); dvā˚; 92 (see dvi AN II. & B III.); Pv …

naṅgala →

pts

…elephant’s trunk);

  • -kaṭṭhakaraṇa ploughing SN.v.146 = Ja.ii.59
  • -phāla [mod. Ind. phār] ploughshare (to be…

naṭṭha →

pts

perished, destroyed; lost AN.ii.249; Ja.i.74; Ja.i.267.

Sk. naṣṭha, pp. of nassati (naśyati), q.v.

naṭṭhana →

pts

destruction Mil.180, Mil.237.

Der. fr. naṭṭha

naṭṭhāyika →

pts

bankrupt Mil.131, Mil.201.

cp. Sk. naṣṭhārtha, i.e. naṣṭha + artha

netthar →

pts

only in phrase netthāraṃ vattati to behave in such a way as to get rid of blame or fault Vin.ii.5; Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442
■ Bdhgh on Vin.ii.5 (p. 309) explains: nittharantānaṃ etan ti netthāraṃ yen …

neyya →

pts

adjective to be led, carried etc.; fig. to be instructed; to be inferred, guessed or understood Snp.55, Snp.803, Snp.846, Snp.1113; Mnd.114, Mnd.206; Cnd.372; Pp.41; Ne.9 sq., Ne.125; *-[attha](/defi …

ni →

pts

Ni˚

Nearly all (ultimately prob. all) words under this heading are compounds with the pref. ni.

A. Forms

  1. Pāli ni˚; combines the two prefixes ni, nis (nir). They ar …

nibbatta →

pts

past participle existing, having existed, being reborn Vin.i.215 (n. bījaṃ phalaṃ fruit with seed); Ja.i.168; Ja.ii.111; Pv-a.10 (niraye), Pv-a.35 (petayoniyaṃ), Pv-a.100 (pubbe n
■ ṭhānato paṭṭh …

nibbiṇṇa →

pts

adjective tired of, disgusted with (c. instr. or loc.), wearied of, dissatisfied with, “fed up” Ja.i.347; Ja.vi.62; Thig.478 (= viratta Thag-a.286); Dhp-a.i.85 (˚hadaya); Vv-a.207 (˚rūpa) Pv-a.159 …

nibbāna →

pts

…paramaṃ sukhaṃ*, aṭṭhangiko ca maggānaṃ khemaṃ amata-gāminaṃ “N. is a higher bliss than acquisition of perfect health,…

nicchaya →

pts

discrimination, conviction, certainty; resolution, determination Ja.i.441 (˚mitta a firm friend); Dhs-a.133 (adhimokkha = its paccupaṭṭhāna); Snp-a.60 (daḷha˚ adj. of firm resolution). See vi˚.

Sk. …

niddesa →

pts

…distinction Pv-a.7 (ukkaṭṭha˚) -vatthu object of distinction or praise DN.iii.253; AN.iv.15 (where reading is…

nihita →

pts

adjective put down, put into, applied, settled; laid down, given up renounced. As ˚-often in the sense of a prep. without, e.g. ˚daṇḍa ˚sattha without stick & sword (see daṇḍa…) DN …

nihīna →

pts

adjective lost; degraded, low, vile, base; inferior, little, insignificant SN.i.12; Snp.890; Mnd.105, Mnd.194; Pv-a.198 (jāti˚ low-born) Sdhp.86. Opp. to seyya Ja.vi.356 sq.

  • *-[attha](/define/at …

nikaṭṭha →

pts

adjective brought down, debased, low. As one kind of puggala (n-kāya + ncitta) AN.ii.137. loc. nikaṭṭhe (adv.) near Ja.iii.438 Thag-a.105 (v. 33) (= santike Ja.iii.438).

cp. Sk. nikṛṣṭa, ni + kasati

nikkaruṇa →

pts

adjective without compassion, heartless Snp.244 (= sattānaṃ anatthakāma); Sdhp.508.

nis + karuṇa, adj. of karuṇā

nikāya →

pts

collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.

  1. generally (always-˚): eka˚; one class of beings Dhs-a.66; tiracchāna˚; the animal kingdom SN.iii.152; deva˚; the assembly of the gods, the g …

nilenaka →

pts

settling place, hiding-place, refuge Ja.v.102 (so read for nillenaka explained by nilīyanaṭṭhāna p. 103).

cp. Sk. nilayana, fr. ni +

nimitta →

pts

  1. sign, omen, portent, prognostication DN.i.9 (study of omens = n. satthaṃ DN-a.i.92, q.v. for detailed expln); Ja.i.11 (caturo nimitte nâddasaṃ); Mil.79, Mil.178 Esp. as pubba˚; signs …

nimmaddana →

pts

touching, crushing Mil.270 (na vāto hattha-gahaṇaṃ vā nimmaddanaṃ vā upeti the wind cannot be grasped).

nis + mṛd

nimmatheti →

pts

to crush out, suppress, destroy Ja.i.340. Cp. abhimatthati.

nis + matheti

ninnetar →

pts

one who leads down to, one who disposes of (c. gen.) bringer of, giver, usually in phrase atthassa n. (bringer of good: “Heilbringer”) of the Buddha SN.iv.94; MN.i.111; AN.v.226 sq., AN.v.256 sq.; Pts …

ninnādin →

pts

adjective sounding (loud), resonant (of a beautiful voice) DN.ii.211 (cp. aṭṭhanga brahmassara & bindu).

fr. ninnāda

nipphādar →

pts

one who produces or gains SN.i.225 (atthassa; read nipphādā nom. for nippadā).

n. ag. = Sk. niṣpādayitṛ cp. nipphāditar

nipātin →

pts

adjective

  1. falling or flying down, chancing upon Dhp.35, Dhp.36 (yatthakāma˚ cittaṃ = yattha yattha icchati tattha tatth’ eva nipatati Dhp-a.i.295).
  2. going to bed DN.i.60 (pacchā˚ going to bed l …

nirajjati →

pts

to be thrown out, to be expelled, to lose (with abl.) Ja.vi.502, Ja.vi.503 (raṭṭhā); variant reading BB nirajhati Com. ni(g)gacchati; Thig.93 (aor. nirajji ’haṃ = na jānim ahaṃ Thag-a.90. Kern (wrong …

nirattha →

pts

adjective useless, groundless, unproficient, vain (opp. sāttha profitable) Snp.582 (nt. as adv.), Snp.585 (niratthā paridevanā); Dhp.41; Ja.iii.26; Pv-a.18 (˚bhāva uselessness), Pv-a.83 (= duḥ).

nis + attha

niratthaka →

pts

adjective = nirattha; Vv-a.324; Pv-a.18, Pv-a.40, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.102 etc
■ f. -ikā Thag-a.258; Mil.20; Sdhp.68.

nisagga →

pts

Nisagga & Nissagga

giving forth, bestowing; natural state, nature SN.i.54 (˚ss˚). cp. nisaṭṭha

ni or nis + sṛj

nisaṭṭha →

pts

…Cp nisajjeti & nisagga.; Nisada & Nisada

nis + saṭṭha of sṛj

nissagga →

pts

Nisagga & Nissagga

giving forth, bestowing; natural state, nature SN.i.54 (˚ss˚). cp. nisaṭṭha

ni or nis + sṛj

nissajjati →

pts

…(id.); Snp-a.545. pp. nisaṭṭha & nissaṭṭha; (q.v.) Cp. nissaggiya & paṭi˚.

nis + sajjati, sṛj. See also…

nissaṭṭha →

pts

…given Vin.iii.197 (˚cīvara) MN.i.295; MN.ii.203; Vv-a.341. See also nisaṭṭha & paṭi˚.

pp. of nissajjati

nisīdana →

pts

sitting down, occasion or opportunity to sit, a mat to sit on Vin.i.295 Vin.ii.123 (˚ena vippavasati); SN.v.259 (˚ṃ gaṇhāti). -paccattharaṇa a mat for sitting on Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295; Vin.ii.209 Vin …

nittharaṇa →

pts

Nittharaṇa1

neuter getting across, ferrying over, traversing, overcoming SN.i.193 (oghassa); AN.ii.200 (id.); Iti.111 (id.) MN.i.134; Ja.i.48 (loka˚); Dāvs ii.29 (id.); Vism.32; Sdhp.334 ( …

nivattha →

pts

past participle clothed in or with (-˚ or acc.), dressed, covered SN.i.115; Ja.i.59 (su˚), Ja.i.307 (sāṭakaṃ); Pv-a.47, Pv-a.49 (dibbavattha˚), Pv-a.50.

pp. of ni + vasati1

niyamana →

pts

fixing, settling, definition, explanation in detail Mil.352 (lakkha-n aiming at the target); Vv-a.22 (visesattha˚); Vv-a.231, Pv-a.255 (so read for nigamana?).

Sk. niyamana, to niyameti

niyyātana →

pts

returning, return to (-˚) Ja.v.497 (saka-raṭṭha˚); Vism.556; DN-a.i.234.

fr. niyyāti

nu →

pts

indeclinable affirm
■ indef part. “then, now.”

  1. most freq. combined with interr pron. and followed by kho, as kin nu kho Ja.ii.159 kacci Ja.i.279; kaccin nu (for kaccid nu) Ja.ii …

nāga →

pts

…Dhp-a.ii.211 (˚dantakaṭṭha toothpick)

  • -vatta habits of serpents Mnd.92, also adj. -ika ibid. Mnd.89 *…

nāma →

pts

name.

  1. Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
    ■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …

nānatta →

pts

(nt. m.) diversity, variety, manifoldness, multiformity, distraction; all sorts of (opp. ekatta, cp. MN.i.364: “the multiformity of sensuous impressions,” M.A.). Enumn of diversity as nānat …

nīta →

pts

past participle led, guided; ascertained, inferred AN.i.60 (˚attha); Ja.i.262; Ja.ii.215 (kāma˚); Ne.21 (˚attha natural meaning, i.e. the primarily inferred sense, opp neyyattha); Sdhp.366 (dun˚). Cp. …

nīti →

pts

guidance, practice, conduct, esp. right conduct, propriety; statesmanship, polity Pv-a.114 (˚mangala commonsense), Pv-a.129 (˚sattha science of statecraft, or of prudent behaviour), Pv-a.130 (˚cint …

odhānīya →

pts

place for putting something down or into a receptacle Vin.i.204 (salāk˚, vy. ll. and gloss on p. 38 as follows: sālākāṭṭhāniya A, salākātaniya C, salākadhāraya B, salāk’odhāniyan ti yattha salākaṃ oda …

odāta →

pts

adjective

clean, white, prominently applied to the dress as a sign of distinction (white), or special purity at festivities, ablutions & sacrificial functions DN.ii.18 (uṇṇā, of the Buddha), DN.iii.2 …

ogamana →

pts

going down, setting (of sun & moon), always in contrast to; uggamana (rising), therefore freq.variant reading ogg DN.i.10, DN.i.68; DN-a.i.95 (= atthangamana); Vv-a.326.

o + …

oggata →

pts

gone down, set (of the sun) Vin.iv.55 (oggate suriye = atthangate s.), Vin.iv.268 (id. = ratt’ andhakāre); Thag.477 (anoggatasmiṃ suriyasmiṃ).

pp. of avagacchati: spelling gg on acct. of contrast wit …

ogha →

pts

  1. (rare in the old texts) a flood of water Vv-a.48 (udak’ ogha); usually as mahogha a great flood Dhp.47; Vism.512; Vv-a.110; Dhp-a.ii.274 = Thag-a.175.
  2. (always in sg.) th …

oharati →

pts

Avaharati & oharati

to steal Ja.i.384; Pv-a.47 (avahari vatthaṃ), Pv-a.86 (id., = apānudi)
pp avahaṭa (q.v.).

ava + hṛ.

ojā →

pts

…e.g. ojadāna Ja.v.243 ojaṭṭhamaka (rūpa) Vism.341

Vedic ojas nt., also BSk. oja nt. Divy.105; fr. *aug to increase, as in Lat. auges,…

okāsa →

pts

Avakāsa & okāsa

  1. “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …

omasati →

pts

…(fig.) to touch a person, to reproach, insult Vin.iv.4 sq

pp omaṭṭha.

o + mas = Sk. mṛṣ

omaṭṭha →

pts

touched SN.i.13 = SN.i.53 = Thag.39.

pp. of omasati

onīta →

pts

only found in one ster. phrase, viz. onīta-patta-pāṇi “having removed (or removing) his hand from the bowl” a phrase causing constructional difficulties & sometimes taken in glosses as “onitta˚” ( …

osajjati →

pts

to emit, evacuate Pv-a.268 (vaccaṃ excrement, + ohanati)
pp osaṭṭha.

o + sṛj

ossajjati →

pts

…release DN.ii.106 (aor. ossaji); Snp.270 = SN.i.207; Thag.321; Ja.iv.260
pp ossaṭṭha. See also avassajati.

o +…

ossaṭṭha →

pts

let loose, released, given up, thrown down DN.ii.106; SN.iii.241; Ja.i.64; Ja.iv.460 (= nissaṭṭha).

pp. of ossajati

ottharati →

pts

to spread over, spread out, cover Mil.121 (opp. paṭikkamati, of water). See also avattharati.

o + tharati, Sk. root str

ovadati →

pts

… pot ovadeyya Vin.iv.52 (= aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadati); Snp.1051 (= anusāseyya)
aor ovadi Dhp-a.i.397
inf…

pa →

pts

Pa˚

indeclinable directional prefix of forward motion, in applied sense often emphasising the action as carried on in a marked degree or even beyond its mark (cp. Ger. ver-in its function of Goth. f …

pabbajita →

pts

one who has gone out from home, one who has given up worldly life & undertaken the life of a bhikkhu recluse or ascetic, (one) ordained (as a Buddhist friar) gone forth (into the holy life or pabbajjā …

pabbajjā →

pts

leaving the world, adopting the ascetic life state of being a Buddhist friar, taking the (yellow) robe ordination

  1. ordination or admission into the Buddha’s Order in particular: Vin.iii.13; SN.i.16 …

pabbata →

pts

…mountain top Vin.i.5. -raṭṭha m
■ kingdom Snp-a.26. -rājā “king of the mountain,”…

pabbājeti →

pts

…out, banish, exile DN.i.92 (raṭṭhasmā out of the kingdom; = nīharati DN-a.i.258); MN.ii.122; Dhp.388 (attano malaṃ pabbājayaṃ, tasmā…

paccaggaḷa →

pts

adjective in phrase paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi “stuck in his throat” MN.i.333.

pratyak + gaḷa

paccagū →

pts

…whether we should read paṭṭhagū here as well (see paṭṭhagū) The form may also be explained as a substantivised pl 3rd pret. of…

paccakkhāti →

pts

lit. to speak against, i.e. to reject, refuse, disavow, abandon, give up, usually in connection with Buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ sikkhaṃ or similar terms of a religious-moral nature Vin.iii.25; SN.ii.231, SN.ii …

paccattharaṇa →

pts

something spread against, i.e. under or over, a cover, spread, rug, cushion or carpet to sit on bedding of a couch (nisīdana˚) Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295, Vin.i.296 Vin.ii.208, Vin.ii.218; DN.i.7 (kadali-mi …

paccatthata →

pts

spread out DN.ii.211.

pp. of gaṭi + ā + stṛ.

paccatthika →

pts

adjective noun an opponent adversary, enemy Vin.ii.94 sq. (atta˚ personal enemy) AN.v.71 (id.; T. attha˚); DN.i.50, DN.i.70, DN.i.137; Iti.83; Pv-a.62 Cp. paccāmitta.

paṭi + …

paccaya →

pts

lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.

  1. (lit.) support, req …

paccupaṭṭhahati →

pts

“to stand up before,” to be present; only in pp. paccupaṭṭhita and in Caus paccupaṭṭhāpeti (q.v.).

paṭi + upa + sthā

paccupaṭṭhita →

pts

…(id.); Snp.p.105; Iti.111; Kv.157, Kv.280; Mil.123.

pp. of paccupaṭṭhahati; cp. BSk. pratyupasthita, Divy Index

paccupaṭṭhāna →

pts

  1. (re)appearance, happening, coming on phenomenon Ja.iii.524; Ne.28; Snp-a.509; Dhs-a.332 Thag-a.288.
  2. tending DN.iii.191.
  3. vv.ll. gilānupaṭṭhāna.

fr. paṭi + upa + sthā; cp. Cpd. 13 & …

paccupaṭṭhāpeti →

pts

…to, wait upon DN.iii.189 sq.

Caus. of paccupaṭṭhahati

paccābhaṭṭha →

pts

recited, explained Ja.ii.48.

pp. of paccābhāsati

paccābhāsati →

pts

to retort, recite, explain, relate Pv-a.57 (sic lege for pacchā˚)
pp paccābhaṭṭha.

paṭi + ābhāsati

pada →

pts

…dvi˚ & di˚, catup˚, aṭṭha˚ (q.v.). In aṭṭha˚ also meaning “square of a chessboard.” 2. step, footstep, track Dhp.179 (of a…

padaka →

pts

…in cpd. aṭṭha˚; an “eight-foot,” i.e. a small inset square (cp. aṭṭha-pada chess-board) a patch (?) Vin.i.297….

paddha →

pts

…(variant reading patha = paṭṭha; C. cheko paṭibalo). 2. subject to, serving, attending Ja.iv.35 (p. carāmi, so read for baḍḍha, see…

paddhacara →

pts

…baddhacara, variant reading paṭṭha˚; trsl. “pupil”); Ja.iv.35 (read paddhacarā ’smi tuyhaṃ for T. baddha carāmi t., as pointed out by…

paddhagu →

pts

…paccagu); Snp.1095 (T. for paṭṭhagu q.v
■ Nd ii.reads paṭṭhagu but Snp-a.597 paddhagu and explains by paddhacara paricārika);…

padhārita →

pts

(“born in mind”) read patthārita at Thag.842 (see pattharati)
padhārehi (variant reading F.) at Snp.1149 read dhārehi
■ padhārita
in meaning of “considered, underst …

padāleti →

pts

  1. to cleave, break, pierce, destroy, in combination -khandhaṃ padāleti to destroy the great mass of…, e.g. tamo˚ Iti.8 (padālayuṃ); Thig.28 (ger. padāliya = moha˚ padālitvā Thag-a.34); lobha SN.v …

pagaṇḍaka →

pts

pahassati →

pts

…or cheerful Snp.887 (= haṭṭha pahaṭṭha Mnd.296; cp. Snp-a.555 hāsajāta) The pp. pahasita (q.v.) is derived fr….

pahaṃsati →

pts

…preceding context)
pp pahaṭṭha1 & pahaṃsita1 (q.v.).

pa + haṃsati1 = ghaṃsati1, of…

pahaṃsita →

pts

…at Mil.297 is better to be taken as pp. of pahasati, because of combination haṭṭha pahaṭṭha hasita pahasita.

pp. of…

pahaṭa →

pts

…= Dhs-a.116 (so read for pahaṭṭha-citta-bheṇḍuka and correct Expositor 153 accordingly). The reading pahaṭa at Pv-a.4 is to be…

pahaṭṭha →

pts

…is wrongly taken by C. as pahaṭṭha1), Ja.i.443, Ja.ii.240 (tuṭṭha˚); Vism.346 (haṭṭha˚); Dhp-a.i.230 (tuṭṭha˚);…

pahūta →

pts

adjective sufficient, abundant, much, considerable Snp.428, Snp.862 sq. Pv.i.5#2 (= anappaka, bahu, yāvadattha C.; Dhp at Pv-a.25 gives bahuka as inferior variant); Pv.i.11#7 (= a …

pakaraṇa →

pts

  1. performance, undertaking paragraph (of the law) DN.i.98 (“offence”? see Dial. i.120); SN.iii.91; Mil.189.
  2. occasion Vin.i.44 Vin.ii.75; Vin.iii.20.
  3. exposition, arrangement, literary work, co …

pakattheti →

pts

talk out against, denounce Ja.v.7 (mā ˚katthāsi; C. akkosi garahi nindi; gloss paccakkhāsi). Should it be ’pakaḍḍhāsi?

pa + kattheti

pakaṭṭhaka →

pts

…(variant reading pagaṇḍaka; C. rasagiddha; trsl “pertinacious”).

pa + kaṭṭha + ka; kaṭṭha pp. of kṛṣ, cp. Sk….

pakkaṭhati →

pts

to cook, boil up; only in Caus. ii. pakkaṭṭhāpeti (with unexplained ṭṭh for ṭh to cause to be boiled up Ja.i.472 (variant reading pakkuṭṭh˚, cp J.P.T.S. 1884, 84)
pp pakkaṭhita (q.v.). Pakkathit …

pakkha →

pts

…(cātuddasī pañcadasī aṭṭhamī ca pakkhassa 14th, 15th & 8th day of the fortnight) Snp.402; AN.i.142…

pakkhandati →

pts

to spring forward, to jump on to MN.i.86; Ja.i.461; Vv.84#12 (ger. pakkhandiyāna = pakkhanditvā anupavisitvā Vv-a.338); to be after someone in pursuit Dhp-a.i.198; usually fig. to rejoice in, find p …

pakkhika FIXME double →

pts

Pakkhika

adjective

  1. belonging or referring to the (2) lunar fortnights fortnightly, for a fortnight or in the (specified) fortnight of the month (cp. Vin. Texts iii.220). As one special provisio …

pakāsati →

pts

to shine forth, to be visible, to become known Snp.445, Snp.1032 (= bhāsati tapati virocati Cnd.373)
caus pakāseti to show up, illustrate, explain make known, give information …

palibodha →

pts

obstruction, hindrance, obstacle, impediment, drawback Ja.i.148; Ja.iii.241 (a non-obstruction), Ja.iii.381 (id.); Ne.80; also in var. phrases viz. kāma˚ Cnd.374 (+ kāmapariḷāha); kula˚ cīvara Cnd.6 …

palimaṭṭha →

pts

polished Ja.v.4. Cp. parimaṭṭha. See also sam˚.

pp. of pari + mṛj

pallattha →

pts

the posture of sitting or squatting or lolling Ja.i.163 (here in expln of tipallattha: pallatthaṃ vuccati sayanaṃ, ubhohi passehi ujukam eva ca go-nisinnaka-vasenā ti tīh’ākārehi pallatth …

pallatthikā →

pts

same meaning as pallattha Vin.ii.213; Vin.iii.162 (cp. Vin. Texts i.62; iii.141); Vism.79 (dussa˚).

fr. pallattha

pallatthita →

pts

perverse Ja.v.79.

doubtful, perhaps we should read paliyattha, see Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v.

pamaddin →

pts

adjective crushing, able to crush, powerful, mighty Ja.iv.26 (= maddana-samattha C.).

fr. pa + mṛd

pamajjati →

pts

Pamajjati1

  1. to become intoxicated SN.i.73.
  2. to be careless, slothful, negligent; to neglect waste one’s time SN.iv.125, SN.iv.133; Snp.676, Snp.925, Snp.933; cp Mnd.376 & Cnd.70; Dhp.16 …

pamaṭṭa →

pts

in cpd. luñcita-pamaṭṭā kapotī viya (simile for a woman who has lost all her hair) at Pv-a.47 is doubtful it should probably be read as luñcita-pakkhikā k. viya i.e. like a pigeon whose feathers …

pamāṇa →

pts

  1. measure, size, amount SN.ii.235; AN.i.88; AN.iii.52, AN.iii.356 sq.; AN.v.140 sq. Mil.285 (cp. trsl. ii.133, n. 2); Snp-a.137; Vv-a.16; Pv-a.55 (ghaṭa˚), Pv-a.70 (ekahattha˚), Pv-a.99 (*tāla …

panna →

pts

…subdued, pacified (opp. haṭṭha loma) Vin.ii.184 (cp. Vin.ii.5 & Bdhgh on p. 309 lomaṃ pāteti, Bdhgh pādeti; also Vin. Texts ii.339);…

panta →

pts

adjective distant, remote, solitary, secluded; only in phrase pantaṃ senāsanaṃ (sayanāsanaṃ) or pantāni senāsanāni “solitary bed & chair” MN.i.17, MN.i.30; AN.i.60; AN.ii.137 AN.iii.103; AN.v.10, AN.v …

pantha →

pts

to come or go (by) a road, roadway, path SN.i.18 (gen. pl. panthānaṃ kantāramagga C; “jungle road” trsl.); Snp.121 (loc panthasmiṃ); Cnd.485 B (+ patha in expln of magga) Mil.157 (see pant …

para →

pts

adverb adjective

  1. (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …

parama →

pts

adjective highest, most excellent, superior, best paraphrased by agga seṭṭha visiṭṭha at Cnd.502 A Mnd.84, Mnd.102 (the latter reading viseṭṭha for visiṭṭha); by uttama at Dhp-a …

parattha →

pts

adverb elsewhere, hereafter, in the Beyond, in the other world SN.i.20; Snp.661 = Iti.42 = Dhp.306; Dhp.177; Ja.ii.417; Pv.i.11#10 (= paraloke Pv-a.60); Pv.iii.1#20 (= samparāye Pv-a.177) Snp-a.478 …

paribhaṭṭha →

pts

Paribhaṭṭha1

fallen, dropped Ja.i.482; Thag p.12n.

pp. of paribhassati of bhraś

Paribhaṭṭha2

abused,…

paribhāsati →

pts

…Pv-a.10
pp paribhaṭṭha2 (q.v.)
caus 2 -bhāsāpeti id. Pv.i.6#7.

pari + bhāṣ, cp. BSk. paribhāṣate Divy.38

paribhāveti →

pts

to cause to be pervaded or penetrated, to treat, supply Vin.i.279 (uppalahatthāni bhesajjehi p.); Ja.iv.407
pp paribhāvita (q.v.).

Caus. of paribhavati

paricarati →

pts

…look after AN.iii.94 (upaṭṭhahati + Ja.v.421; Pv-a.175. 2. to worship (only in connection aggin p. to worship the fire) DN.i.101;…

pariciṇṇa →

pts

  1. surrounded, attended Ja.v.90.
  2. worshipped MN.i.497; SN.iv.57 (me Satthā p.), cp. Thag.178 (Satthā ca p. me) & Thag.891 (p. mayā Satthā).
  3. practised, performed Mil.360.

pari + ciṇṇa, pp. of carati

paridahati →

pts

to put round, put on, clothe Dhp.9 (fut. ˚dahessati); Ja.ii.197; Ja.v.434 (ger ˚dahitvā); Ja.vi.500; Pv.ii.1#18; Pv-a.76 (vatthāni), Pv-a.77, Pv-a.127 (˚dahissati for paridhassati Pv.ii.9#36, which …

pariharaka →

pts

adjective noun

  1. surrounding or surrounded, having on one’s hands Ja.ii.190 (sukha˚, variant reading for ˚parihaṭa).
  2. an armlet, bracelet Vv-a.167 (variant reading ˚haraṇa; explained as *hatthāla …

pariharati →

pts

  1. to take care of, to attend to (acc.), shelter, protect, keep up, preserve, look after Vin.i.42 Vin.ii.188; DN.ii.100 (sanghaṃ); DN.ii.14 (gabbhaṃ kucchinā) MN.i.124, MN.i.459; SN.iii.1; AN.iii.123; …

parihaṭṭha →

pts

gladdened, very pleased Pv-a.13.

pp. of pari + hṛṣ

parihāra →

pts

  1. attention, care (esp -), in compounds like gabbha˚; care of the foetus Dhp-a.i.4; dāraka˚; care of the infant Ja.ii.20; kumāra˚; looking after the prince Ja.i.148, Ja.ii.48; Dhp-a.i.346; * …

parikiraṇa →

pts

strewing about, trsld “consecrating sites” DN.i.12 (vatthu-kamma + vatthu˚; variant reading paṭi˚; explained at DN-a.i.98 as “idañ c’ idañ ca āharathā ti vatvā tattha balikamma-karaṇaṃ” …

parikkhaya →

pts

exhaustion, waste, diminution, decay, loss, end DN.i.156; MN.i.453; MN.iii.37 sq.; SN.i.2, SN.i.90, SN.i.152; SN.v.461; AN.i.100, AN.i.299 AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46 (bhogā ˚ṃ gacchanti); AN.iv.148, AN.iv.35 …

parikkhā →

pts

examination, investigation, circumspection prudence Ja.iii.115; Ne.3, Ne.4, Ne.126 (cp. Index p. 276) Sdhp.532 (attha˚).

fr. pari + īkṣ, cp. BSk. parīksā Divy.3 & Divy.16 in vastu˚, ratna˚ etc. wi …

parikkhāra →

pts

…requisites designated as “aṭṭha parikkhārā,” the 8 requirements. They are enumerated in verse at Ja.i.65; DN-a.i.206, viz….

parimajjati →

pts

…to rub, polish, groom (a horse) AN.v.166, AN.v.168

pp parimaṭṭha (q.v.).

pari + majjati

parimasati →

pts

…DN.i.78; DN.ii.17; MN.i.34, MN.i.80 MN.iii.12; SN.ii.121; SN.iv.173; AN.iii.70
pp parimaṭṭha (same as…

parimaṭṭha →

pts

rubbed, stroked, polished, in su˚ well polished SN.ii.102. See also palimaṭṭha.

pp. of parimajjati

parimukha →

pts

…parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapeti “set up his memory in front” (i.e. of the object of thought), to set one’s mindfulness alert…

parinibbuta →

pts

adjective completely calmed, at peace, at rest (as to the distinction of the twofold application see parinibbāna and cp., Mrs. Rh.D. Buddhism p. 191; Cpd. p. 168), viz.

1 …

parinibbāna →

pts

“complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:

  1. complete extinction of khandhalife; i.e. all possibility of such life & its rebirth, final release from (the misery of) rebirth and transmigration death (after …

parinibbāyin →

pts

one who attains Parinibbāna. Of the 2 meanings registered under parinibbāna we find No. 1 only in a very restricted use when taken in both senses of sa-and an-upādisesa parinibbāna; e.g. at AN.ii.15 …

paripāceti →

pts

to bring to maturity, to cause to ripen, to develop, prepare Ja.vi.373 (atthaṃ p. ˚ācayitvā = vaḍḍhetvā C.); Mil.232 Mil.285, Mil.288, Mil.296
pp paripācita Vism.365.

pari \ …

paripūreti →

pts

to fulfil; to fill (up), make more full, supplement, fill out, add to DN.i.74 (parisandeti p. parippharati; DN-a.i.217 explains as “vāyunā bhastaṃ viya pūreti”); DN.ii.221; MN.iii.92; SN.i.27 (devakā …

paritta →

pts

Paritta1

adjective small, little, inferior, insignificant limited, of no account, trifling Vin.i.270; DN.i.45; MN.iii.148 (˚ābha of limited splendour, opp. appamāṇ’ ābha); SN.ii.98; SN.iv. …

parivasati →

pts

to stay, dwell, to live under probation Vin.iii.186 (grd. ˚vatthabba); Vin.iv.30, Vin.iv.127; DN.i.176; MN.i.391; SN.ii.21; Snp.697 (= pabbajitvā tāpasavesena vasati Snp-a.490)
ppr med. *[paribbasā …

parivaṭṭa →

pts

…cp aṭṭha-parivaṭṭa-adhideva-ñāṇadassana AN.iv.304); and ñāti˚; circle of relatives DN.i.61 (= ñāti…

pariveṇa →

pts

…Vin.iii.119 (susammaṭṭhaṃ); Vin.iv.52, Vin.iv.252 (˚vāsika); Ja.i.126; Mil.15 (˚ṃ sammajjati), Mil.19; Vism.90; Dhp-a.ii.179…

pariyanta →

pts

  1. limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …

pariyatti →

pts

  1. adequacy, accomplishment, sufficiency capability, competency; indriya-paro˚; efficiency in the (knowledge of) thoughts of others SN.v.205; Ne.101 Three accomplishments are distinguished at DN-a …

pariyuṭṭhita →

pts

possessed by (the C. expln as given K.S. 320 is “abhibhūta”) biassed, taken up by, full of (-˚) MN.i.18; MN.iii.14; SN.iv.240 (maccheramala˚ ceto); AN.i.281; AN.ii.58; Iti.43 (diṭṭhigate …

pariyādāna →

pts

…finishing, end MN.i.487 (kaṭṭha˚, opp. to upādāna) SN.i.152; SN.iii.16 sq. (cetaso p., cp. pariyādāya & ˚dinna), SN.iv.33 (sabb’…

pariñña →

pts

(-˚) knowing, recognising, understanding Iti.44 (bhūta˚ so, or should we read bhūtapariññāya?); also in cpd. pariññacārin (to be expd as shortened gr. pariññā?) Snp.537 (= paññāya paricchi …

parāmasana →

pts

touching, seizing, taking up Cnd.576 (daṇḍa-sattha˚); Dhs-a.239 (angapaccanga˚); Pv-a.159 (kiriyā˚).

fr. parāmasati

parāmasati →

pts

…MN.i.130, MN.i.498 (but cp. p. 541); grd. parāmasitabba Ja.i.188
pp parāmaṭṭha (q.v.).

para + masati of…

parāmaṭṭha →

pts

…punappuna āmaṭṭha); SN.ii.94 Cnd.152 (gahita p. abhiniviṭṭha; cp. gahessasi No 227); Dhs.584, Dhs.1177, Dhs.1500; Sdhp.332 …

parāmāsa →

pts

…(parāmasāmi parāmaṭṭha)-SN.iii.46, SN.iii.110; AN.ii.42 (sacca˚); AN.iii.377 (sīlabbata˚), AN.iii.438 (id.); AN.v.150…

pasanna →

pts

Pasanna1

adjective

  1. clear, bright Snp.550 (˚netta); Kp-a.64 & Kp-a.65 (˚tilatelavaṇṇa, where Vism.262 reads vippasanna˚); Vism.409 (id.).
  2. happy gladdened, reconciled, pleased Ja.i. …

pasattha →

pts

…Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita Pv-a.241);…

pasaṃsati →

pts

to speak out, praise, commend, agree DN.i.163; SN.i.102, SN.i.149, SN.i.161; Ja.i.143; Ja.ii.439; Ja.v.331; Iti.16; Snp.47, Snp.163, Snp.390, Snp.658, Snp.906; Dhp.30; Pv.ii.9#42 DN-a.i.149; Pv-a.25 …

pasaṃsita →

pts

praised SN.i.232; Snp.829, Snp.928; Dhp.228, Dhp.230; Mnd.169; Pv-a.116 (= vaṇṇita) Pv-a.130.

pp. of pasaṃsati, cp. pasattha

pasaṭṭha →

pts

…Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita Pv-a.241);…

paseṭṭha →

pts

at Pv.ii.9#73 is to be read pasaṭṭha (see pasattha).

pasāda →

pts

  1. clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …

pasāraṇa →

pts

stretching out DN-a.i.196 (opp. sammiñjana); Dhp-a.i.298 (hattha˚).

fr. pa + sṛ; cp. pasaraṇa

pasāreti →

pts

  1. to cause to move forwards, to let or make go, to give up Ja.vi.58 (pasāraya, imper.)-Pass. pasāriyati Vism.318; Pv-a.240 (are turned out of doors).
  2. to stretch out, hold out or forth, usually …

patha →

pts

  1. path, road, way DN.i.63; Snp.176 (loc. pathe), Snp.385, Snp.540, Snp.868; Cnd.485 B (+ pantha, in expln of magga); Ja.i.308 (loc. pathe); Ja.ii.39; Ja.vi.525 (abl. pathā); Thag.64; Pp.2 …

pattha →

pts

Pattha1

a lonely place, in cpd. vana˚; DN.i.71; Pp.59 etc., a wilderness in the forest, explained by Bdhgh as “gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāra-ṭṭhānaṃ yattha na kasanti na vap …

patthaddha →

pts

(quite) stiff Vin.ii.192; Thag.1074.

pa + thaddha

patthanā →

pts

aiming at, wish, desire, request aspiration, prayer SN.ii.99, SN.ii.154; AN.i.224; AN.iii.47; AN.v.212 Mnd.316, Mnd.337 (p. vuccati taṇhā); Cnd.112; Ne.18, Ne.27; Dhs.1059; Mil.3; Snp-a.47, Snp-a.50 …

patthara →

pts

  1. stone, rock SN.i.32.
  2. stoneware Mil.2.

cp. late Sk. prastara. The ord. meaning of Sk. pr. is “stramentum”

pattharati →

pts

to spread, spread out, extend Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.212; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.i.26; Dhp-a.iii.61 (so read at Ja.vi.549 in cpd -pāda with spreading feet, variant reading patthaṭa˚)
pp *[patthaṭa](/define/p …

pattharika →

pts

merchant Vin.ii.135 (kaṃsa˚).

fr. patthara

patthaṇḍila →

pts

hermitage MN.ii.155.

pa + thandila

patthaṭa →

pts

stretched, spread out Ja.i.336; Vism.364; DN-a.i.311.

pp. of pattharati

pattheti →

pts

to wish for, desire, pray for, request, long for SN.iv.125; SN.v.145; Snp.114 Snp.899; Thig.341; Mnd.312, Mnd.316; Pp-a 208 (āsaṃsati +) Pv-a.148; Sdhp.66, Sdhp.319; ppr. patthento Pv-a.107 *pat …

patti →

pts

Patti1

on foot, one who is on foot, a foot-soldier Vin.iv.105 (as one of the 4 constituents of a senā or army, viz. hatthī elephants, assā horses, rathā chariots, pattī …

patīta →

pts

…Snp.679; Vv.84#10 (= pahaṭṭha Vv-a.337)
■ neg. appatīta displeased MN.i.27; Ja.v.103 (variant reading…

pavassati →

pts

…reading) Ja.vi.500 (“cry”), Ja.vi.587 (aor. pāvassi)
pp pavaṭṭha pavuṭṭha;: see abhi˚.

pa + vṛṣ

pavattāpanatta →

pts

making continue, keeping going, preservation upkeep Vism.32 (T. ˚attha).

fr. Caus. ii. of pavatteti = pavattāpeti

pavedhati →

pts

to be afflicted, to be frightened, to be agitated, quiver, tremble, fear Snp.928 (= tasati etc. Mnd.384); Vism.180 (reads pavedheti) Thag-a.203 (allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ pavedhanto misreading for pavese …

pavikatthita →

pts

boasted Ja.i.359.

pp. of pa + vi + katthati

pavuṭṭha →

pts

(pavaṭṭha) see abhi˚.

pp. of pavassati

payata →

pts

restrained, composed, purified, pure DN.i.103 (= abhiharitvā dinna); AN.iii.313; Thag.348, Thag.359 (˚atta); Iti.101 (˚pāṇin) = Mil.215; Snp.240 (= sakkāra-karaṇena p. alankata Snp-a.284); Vism.224 …

payuta →

pts

(wrongly) applied, at random, careless “misdirected” AN.i.199; Snp.711 (˚ṃ vācaṃ = obhāsaparikathā-nimitta-viññatti-payuttaṃ ghāsesana-vācaṃ Snp-a.497), Snp.930 (= cīvarādīhi sampayutta tadatthaṃ …

pañca →

pts

adjective noun masculine

Cases:
■ gen. dat. pañcannaṃ,
■ instr. abl pañcahi,
■ loc. pañcasu;
■ often used in compositional form pañca˚ (cp. Ved. pañcāra with 5 spokes RV i.16413; G …

pañcaka →

pts

adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–⁠175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ

paṇidahati →

pts

to put forth, put down to, apply, direct, intend; aspire to, long for, pray for SN.v.156 (atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ). ger. paṇidhāya SN.i.42 = Snp.660 (vācaṃ manañ ca pāpakaṃ); S …

paṇṇaka →

pts

…Pv-a.256 (tiṇakaṭṭha-paṇṇaka-sala, is reading correct?). 2. Name of a water plant, most likely a kind of fern (see Kern

paṭalika →

pts

adjective belonging to a cover or lining, having or forming a cover or lining, as adj. said of sandals (eka˚ with single lining) Ja.ii.277 (variant reading for ekatalika); Ja.iii.80, Ja.iii.81 (id.) …

paṭhavī →

pts

the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or …

paṭicca →

pts

grounded on, on account of, concerning, because (with acc.) MN.i.265 (etaṃ on these grounds); SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (atthavasaṃ); Ja.ii.386 (= abhisandhāya); Snp.680, Snp.784 Snp.872, Snp.1046; Snp-a.35 …

paṭicchāda →

pts

  1. covering, clothes, clothing Pv.ii.1#16 (= vattha Pv-a.76).
  2. deceiving, hiding concealment, deception Snp.232.

fr. paṭi + chad

paṭigaṇhāti →

pts

Paṭiggaṇhāti (paṭigaṇhāti)

to receive, accept, take (up) DN.i.110 (vatthaṃ), DN.i.142; Vin.i.200 Vin.ii.109, Vin.ii.116 (a sewing-needle); SN.iv.326 (jātarūpa-rajataṃ); Snp.479, Snp.689, Snp.690; D …

paṭiggaṇhāti →

pts

Paṭiggaṇhāti (paṭigaṇhāti)

to receive, accept, take (up) DN.i.110 (vatthaṃ), DN.i.142; Vin.i.200 Vin.ii.109, Vin.ii.116 (a sewing-needle); SN.iv.326 (jātarūpa-rajataṃ); Snp.479, Snp.689, Snp.690; D …

paṭigha →

pts

…How shall we read paṭighaṭṭha nānighaṃso at Dhs-a.308? (paṭigha-ṭṭhāna-nighaṃso or paṭighaṭṭana-nighaṃso?)

paṭi…

paṭikā →

pts

(white) woollen cloth (uṇṇāmayo set’ attharako DN-a.i.86); DN.i.7; AN.i.137, AN.i.181; AN.iii.50; AN.iv.94, AN.iv.231, AN.iv.394; Dāvs v.36 See also paṭiya.

Sk. paṭikā dial. fr. paṭa cloth

paṭilabhati →

pts

to obtain, receive, get Iti.77; Ja.i.91; Cnd.427 (pariyesati p. paribhuñjati); Pp.57; Vv-a.115; Pv-a.6, Pv-a.7, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.60, Pv-a.67 etc
■ pret. 3rd pl *[paccaladdhaṃ …

paṭinissajjati →

pts

… ger paṭinissajja SN.i.179; AN.iv.374 sq.; Snp.745, Snp.946 (cp. Mnd.430)
pp paṭinissaṭṭha

paṭinissaṭṭha →

pts

given up, forsaken (act & pass.), renouncing or having renounced Vin.iii.95 Vin.iv.27, Vin.iv.137; MN.i.37; SN.ii.283; AN.ii.41; Iti.49; Mnd.430 Mnd.431 (vanta pahīna p.); Pv-a.256.

pp. of paṭinissa …

paṭipadā →

pts

means of reaching a goal or destination, path, way, means, method, mode of progress (cp. Dhs. translation 53, 82, 92, 143), course, practice (cp. BSk. pratipad in meaning of pratipatti “line of cond …

paṭipanna →

pts

…(maggaṃ); Vv.34#23 (= maggaṭṭha one who has entered the path Vv-a.154) = Pv.iv.3#49 Pp.63; Mil.17; DN-a.i.26; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.112…

paṭipannaka →

pts

…(ariyamagga) Pp.13 (= maggaṭṭhaka phalatthāya paṭipannattā p. nāma Pp-a 186); Mil.342 Mil.344; Ne.50; Dhs-a.164. See also Mil trsl.

paṭisambhidā →

pts

lit. “resolving continuous breaking up,” i.e. analysis, analytic insight discriminating knowledge. See full discussion expln of term at Kvu translation 377–⁠382. Always referred to as “the …

paṭiya →

pts

white woollen counterpane Ja.iv.352 (= uṇṇāmaya-paccattharaṇāni setakambalāni pi vadanti yeva C.).

= paṭikā

paṭṭa →

pts

  1. slab, tablet, plate, in compounds ayo˚; iron plate AN.iv.130, AN.iv.131; Ja.iv.7 (suvaṇṇa˚); Pv-a.43 (ayomaya˚); loha˚; brass plate Pv-a.44; silā˚ stone slab Ja.i.59 etc. When written on it i …

paṭṭha →

pts

…388 (in expln of paṭṭhagū Snp.1095; here it clearly means “being near, attending on, a pupil or follower of”). See also…

paṭṭhahati →

pts

…+ ; variant reading paṭṭhap˚); aor. paṭṭhayi Pv.ii.9#34 (dānaṃ; variant reading paṭṭhapayi, explained by paṭṭhapesi…

paṭṭhapita →

pts

established, or given Pv-a.119 (cp. patiṭṭhāpitatta).

pp. of paṭṭhahati; cp. BSk. prasthapita Divy.514

paṭṭhāna →

pts

…of “setting out” (?).

fr. pa + sthā, cp. paṭṭhahati

paṭṭhāya →

pts

…(with acc.) from-up to Vism.374.

ger. fr. paṭṭhahati

phala →

pts

Phala1

neuter to burst, thus lit. “bursting,” i.e. ripe fruit; see phalati]

  1. (lit. fruit (of trees etc.) Vv.84#14 (dumā nicca-phal’ ûpapannā not to phalu, as Kern, …

phalaka →

pts

  1. a flat piece of wood, a slab, board, plank Ja.i.451 (a writing board school slate); Ja.v.155 (akkhassa ph. axle board); Ja.vi.281 (dice-board). pidhāna˚; covering board Vb-a.244 Vism.261; *sopā …

phalamaya →

pts

…which gives it in line with kaṭṭha-maya & loha-maya (& aṭṭhi˚ danta˚, veḷu˚ etc.). It occurs in same phrase at all passages…

pharati →

pts

…to serve as food Mil.152; kaṭṭhatthaṃ ph. to serve as fuel AN.ii.95 = SN.iii.93 = Iti.90 = Ja.i.482; khādaniyatthaṃ & bhojaniyatthaṃ…

pharaṇa →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) pervading, suffused (with), quite full (of) Mil.345.
  2. (nt. pervasion, suffusion, thrill Ja.i.82 (˚samattha mettacitta); Ne.89 (pīti˚ etc., as m., cp. pharaṇatā); Dhs-a166 …

phaṇa →

pts

the hood of a snake Vin.i.91 (˚hatthaka, with hands like a snake’s hood); Ja.iii.347 (patthaṭa˚); Dhp-a.iii.231 (˚ṃ ukkhipitvā); Dhp-a.iv.133 Freq. as phaṇaṃ katvā (only thus, in ger.) raising or …

phussa →

pts

…in ˚tila, ˚tela, ˚dantakaṭṭha, etc with ref. to their use by Brahmins.

grd. formation fr. phusati2 2; scarcely fr. Sk. puṣya…

phālaka →

pts

adjective splitting; one who splits Vism.413 (kaṭṭha˚).

fr. phāleti

phāleti →

pts

…break chop, in phrases

  1. kaṭṭhaṃ phāleti to chop sticks (for firewood) Vin.i.31; Ja.ii.144; Pv.ii.9#51, besides which the phrase…

phāṭeti →

pts

…in phrase kaṭṭhaṃ pāteti MN.i.21, and in adhipāteti to split (see…

pihālu →

pts

…but perhaps = Ved. piyāru malevolent. On y → h cp. P. paṭṭhayati for paṭṭhahati

pilava →

pts

Pilava & Plava

  1. swimming, flowing, floating Ja.v.408 (suplav-atthaṃ in order to swim through well = plavana C.).
  2. a kind of duck [so Epic Sk.] Vv.35#8 (cp Vv-a.163); Ja.v.420.

fr. plu, cp. Ve …

piṃsati →

pts

Piṃsati1

to adorn, form, embellish; orig. to prick, cut. Perhaps piṃsare (3. pl. med.) Ja.v.202 belongs here, in meaning “tinkle, sound” (lit. prick) explained in C. by viravati. Other d …

piṇḍa →

pts

  1. a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
  2. a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …

piṭṭhi →

pts

Piṭṭhi & Piṭṭhī

feminine

  1. the back Vin.ii.200 (piṭṭhī); MN.i.354; Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.159, Ja.ii.279. piṭṭhiṃ (paccāmittassa) passati to see the (enemy’s) back, i.e. to see the …

piṭṭhī →

pts

Piṭṭhi & Piṭṭhī

feminine

  1. the back Vin.ii.200 (piṭṭhī); MN.i.354; Ja.i.207; Ja.ii.159, Ja.ii.279. piṭṭhiṃ (paccāmittassa) passati to see the (enemy’s) back, i.e. to see the …

plava →

pts

Pilava & Plava

  1. swimming, flowing, floating Ja.v.408 (suplav-atthaṃ in order to swim through well = plavana C.).
  2. a kind of duck [so Epic Sk.] Vv.35#8 (cp Vv-a.163); Ja.v.420.

fr. plu, cp. Ve …

pokkhara →

pts

…in water (?) Vin.i.215 (vanaṭṭha +), Vin.i.238 (id.).

  • -patta a lotus leaf Snp.625; Dhp.401 (= paduma-patta…

porāṇa →

pts

…in the past); Vb-a.1 (˚aṭṭhakathā), Vb-a.523 (id.); Kp-a.247 (˚pāṭha); Snp-a.131 (id.); Dhp-a.i.17; Pv-a.1 (˚aṭṭhakathā),…

pottha →

pts

Pottha1

poor, indigent, miserable Ja.ii.432 (= potthakapilotikāya nivatthatā pottho C.; variant reading poṭha). See also *ponti, with which ultimately identical.

?

Pottha2

pucchā →

pts

question Snp.1023; Snp-a.46, Snp-a.200, Snp-a.230. A system of questions (“questionnaire”) is given in the Niddesa (and Commentaries), consisting of 12 groups of three questions each. In full at Mn …

puggala →

pts

  1. an individual, as opposed to a group (sangha or parisā), person, man; in later philosophical (Abhidhamma) literature = character, soul (= attan). DN.i.176; MN.iii.58; SN.i.93 sq.; SN.iii.25; AN.i.8 …

pura →

pts

*Pura

base of adv. & prep. denoting “before”; abl. purato (adv. & prep. in front of (with gen.), before (only local) Vin.i.179 Vin.ii.32; DN.ii.14 (mātu); SN.i.137; Pv.i.11#1, Pv …

puratthato →

pts

adverb in front, coram Snp.416 (sic, variant reading BB purakkhato); Ja.vi.242.

fr. puratthaṃ, cp. BSk. purastataḥ Mvu.ii.198

puratthaṃ →

pts

adverb

  1. before SN.i.141 (na pacchā na puratthaṃ = no after, no before).
  2. east DN.i.50 (˚âbhimukha looking eastward.)

for Vedic purastāt, fr. puraḥ, see *pura

puratthima →

pts

adjective eastern DN.i.153; SN.i.144; Ja.i.71 (˚âbhimukha: Gotama facing E. under the Bo tree).

fr. *pura, cp. Prk. (AMg.) puratthima, acc. to Pischel, Gr. § 602 a der. fr. purastāt (= P puratthaṃ) …

purekkhāra →

pts

deference, devotion, honour; usually -˚ (adj.) devoted to honouring DN.i.115; Vin.iii.130; Vin.iv.2, Vin.iv.277; Mnd.73, Mnd.214; Dhp.73 (= parivāra Dhp-a.ii.77); Vv.34#14 (attha˚ hitesin Vv-a.152) …

purekkhāratā →

pts

deference to (-˚) Dhp-a.iv.181 (attha˚).

abstr. fr. purekkhāra

pussa →

pts

-tila, ˚tela, dantakaṭṭha, mattikā, etc. is probably to be read with variant reading phussa˚ meaning not quite clear (“natural,…

puthu →

pts

adjective

  1. (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …

putta →

pts

  1. a son SN.i.210; Snp.35, Snp.38, Snp.60, Snp.557, Snp.858; Dhp.62, Dhp.84 Dhp.228, Dhp.345; Ja.iv.309; Vism.645 (simile of 3 sons); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.73 sq.; DN-a.i.157 (dāsaka˚). Four kind …

puñja →

pts

…(+ aṭṭhikandala); kaṭṭha˚ AN.iii.408; AN.iv.72; Ja.ii.327; gūtha˚ Ja.ii.211; tiṇa˚ AN.iii.408; palāla˚ DN.i.71;…

puḷavaka →

pts

(BB puḷuvaka) = puḷava Dhp-a.iv.46; Vv-a.76; Pv-a.14. One of the (asubha) kammaṭṭhānas is called p. “the contemplation (˚saññā idea) of the worminfested corpse” SN.v.131; Dhs.264; Vism.110, Vism.17 …

puṭa →

pts

orig. meaning “tube,” container, hollow pocket.

  1. a container, usually made of leaves (cp Ja.iv.436; Ja.v.441; Ja.vi.236), to carry fruit or other viands a pocket, basket: ucchu˚; basket for sugar …

pāleti →

pts

  1. to protect, guard, watch, keep Snp.585; Ja.i.55; Ja.iv.127; Ja.vi.589; Mil.4 (paṭhavī lokaṃ pāleti, perhaps in meaning “keeps holds, encircles,” similar to meaning 2); Sdhp.33.
  2. (lit. perhaps “to …

pāli →

pts

…is opposed to “aṭṭhakathāyaṃ” at Vism.107, Vism.450, etc). It is the literary language of the early Buddhists, closely…

pāpuṇāti →

pts

to reach, attain, arrive at, obtain, get to learn
pres pāpuṇāti Vin.ii.208; Ja.iv.285; Ja.vi.149; Pp.70; DN-a.21; Pv-a.74, Pv-a.98 Pv-a.125, Pv-a.195; and *[pappoti](/defi …

pārihāriya →

pts

adjective connected with preservation or attention, fostering, keeping Vism.3 (˚paññā), Vism.98 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Snp-a.54 (id.).

fr. parihāra

pāsa →

pts

Pāsa1

a sling, snare, tie, fetter SN.i.105, SN.i.111; AN.ii.182; AN.iv.197; Vin.iv.153 (? hattha˚); Snp.166; Iti.36 (Māra˚); Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.414; Pv-a.206. On its frequent use in simile …

pāta →

pts

(-˚)

  1. fall DN-a.i.95 (ukkā˚); Pv-a.45 (asani˚). The reading “anatthato pātato rakkhito” at Pv-a.61 is faulty we should prefer to read apagato (apāyato? rakkhito.
  2. throwing, a throw Snp.987 (m …

pāteti →

pts

…], see phāleti & phāṭeti In the same sense we find the phrase; kaṭṭhaṃ pāteti to split firewood MN.i.21 (MA…

pāvāra →

pts

  1. a cloak, mantle Vin.i.281; Ja.v.409 (explained as pavara-dibba-vattha!).
  2. the mango tree Kp-a.58 (˚puppha; Vism.258 at id. p. has pāvāraka˚).

fr. pa + vṛ.

pāḷi →

pts

…is opposed to “aṭṭhakathāyaṃ” at Vism.107, Vism.450, etc). It is the literary language of the early Buddhists, closely…

pīta →

pts

Pīta1

  1. having drunk or (pred.) being drunk (as liquid) SN.i.212 (madhu˚); Ja.i.198; Pv-a.25 (with asita, khāyita & sāyita as fourfold food).
  2. soaked or saturated with (-˚), in *kasāya …

pūga →

pts

…vassāni) Vb-a.2 (khandhaṭṭha, piṇḍ˚, pūg˚).

etym.? cp. Vedic pūga in meaning of both pūga1 &…

rajana →

pts

colouring, dye DN.i.110 (suddhaṃ vatthaṃ… sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya); Vin.i.50 = Vin.i.53 Vin.ii.227; Vin.i.286 (6 dyes allowed to the bhikkhus: mūla˚, khandha˚, taca˚, patta˚, puppha˚, phala˚ or …

rakkhana →

pts

  1. keeping, protection, guarding Ne.41; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.72 (rahassa˚-atthāya so that he should keep the secret); Pv-a.7.
  2. observance keeping Vv-a.71 (uposatha-sīla˚); Pv-a.102 (sīla˚), Pv-a.210 …

rasa →

pts

Rasa1

that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism.447 is as follows “jivhā-paṭihanana-lakkhaṇo raso, jivhā-viññāṇassa visaya-bhāvo raso, tass’ ev …

rata →

pts

delighting in (loc. or-˚), intent on, devoted to SN.iv.117 (dhamme jhāne), SN.iv.389 sq. (bhava etc.); Snp.54 (sangaṇika˚), Snp.212, Snp.250, Snp.327, Snp.330 (dhamme), Snp.461 (yaññe), Snp.737 (upas …

ratana →

pts

…(satta-patiṭṭhito aṭṭha-ratan’ ubbedho nava-ratan āyāma-pariṇāho pāsādiko dassanīyo Uposatho nāgarājā: alluding to…

ratani →

pts

cubit Mil.85 (aṭṭha rataniyo).

Sk. aratni “elbow” with apocope and diaeresis; given at Halāyudha 2, 381 as “a cubit, or measure from the…

ratanika →

pts

adjective a ratana in length Ja.i.7 (aḍḍha˚); Mil.312 (aṭṭha˚).

fr. ratana

ratha →

pts

Ratha1

a two-wheeled carriage, chariot (for riding driving or fighting SN.i.33 (ethically); AN.iv.191 (horse cart; diff. parts of a ratha); MN.i.396; Snp.300, Snp.654 Vism.593 (in its com …

ratta →

pts

Ratta1

  1. dyed, coloured MN.i.36 (dūratta-vaṇṇa difficult to dye or badly dyed MN-a.167 reads duratta and explains as durañjita-vaṇṇa opp. suratta ibid.); Snp.287 (nānā-rattehi vatthe …

raṇa →

pts

  1. fight, battle; only in Thig.360 (raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ): see discussed below; also late at Mhvs.35, Mhvs.69 (Subharājaṃ raṇe hantvā).
  2. intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhi …

raṭṭha →

pts

…(explained at Cnd.536 as “raṭṭhañ ca janapadañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca… nagarañ ca”), Snp.287 Snp.444, Snp.619; Ja.iv.389 (˚ṃ…

raṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective belonging to the kingdom, royal, sovereign Ja.iv.91 (senāvāhana)
■ Cp. raṭṭhika.

Sk. rāṣṭraka

raṭṭhavant →

pts

adjective possessing a kingdom or kingship Pv.ii.6#11 (˚nto khattiyā).

raṭṭha + vant

raṭṭhika →

pts

…= AN.iii.300 (r. pettanika senāya senāpatika).

fr. raṭṭha, cp. Sk. rāṣṭrika

ritta →

pts

devoid, empty, free, rid (of) MN.i.207 (+ tuccha), MN.i.414; Vin.i.157 = Vin.ii.216; Snp.823 (emancipated: ritto muni = vivitta etc. Mnd.158), Snp.844 (opp. to aritta); Thig.265 (see rindi); Ja.i.29 …

rukkha →

pts

tree. In the rukkha-mūlik’ anga (see below) Bdhgh at Vism.74 gives a list of trees which are not to be selected for the practice of “living at the root of a tree.” These are sīmantarika-rukkha, ceti …

ruppa →

pts

…sāraṃ sāraṃ upaṭṭhahantaṃ asāran ti attho“ and Mrs. Rh. D. (Sisters, p. 154) trsls: “deluded by puppet shows…

rājan →

pts

…Cp. DN.i.7; Snp.46 (raṭṭhaṃ vijitam pahāya); Ja.v.448 and passim. See also below 3, 4 & 6
■ In similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907…

rājā →

pts

…Cp. DN.i.7; Snp.46 (raṭṭhaṃ vijitam pahāya); Ja.v.448 and passim. See also below 3, 4 & 6
■ In similes: see J.P.T.S. 1907…

rūpa →

pts

form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.

  1. Definitions. According to P. expositors rūpa takes its designation fr. ruppati, e.g. “ruppanato rūpaṃ” Vism.588; “ruppan’ a …

sabba →

pts

…Mil.291. See detail under aṭṭha B 1.a
-soḷasaka (of 16 each Dhp-a.iii.3; -sata (of 100 each) Dhp-a.ii.6 …

sabbatthatā →

pts

the state of being everywhere; sabbatthatāya on the whole DN.i.251; DN.ii.187; MN.i.38; SN.iv.296; AN.iii.225 AN.v.299, AN.v.344. Explained at Vism.308 (with tt).

saccika →

pts

…sq. Dhs-a.4 (nearly = paramaṭṭha); Kp-a.102. Kern in a phantastic interpretation (

Toevoegselen

ii.49, 50) takes it as sacci-kaṭṭha…

sadattha →

pts

the highest good, ideal DN.ii.141; MN.i.4; AN.v.207 sq.; Dhp.166; Mhvs.3, Mhvs.24. It may be taken as sa4 + attha (with euphonic -d-), i.e. one’s own good, as it is explained by Bdhg …

sadatthuta →

pts

adjective always praised Ja.iv.101 (= nicca-pasattha C.).

sadā + thuta

sadda →

pts

  1. sound, noise DN.i.79, DN.i.152; DN.iii.102 sq., DN.iii.146, DN.iii.234 DN.iii.244 sq., DN.iii.269, DN.iii.281; MN.iii.56, MN.iii.267; AN.iii.30 sq.; AN.iv.91, AN.iv.248; Ja.i.3 (ten sounds); Snp. …

sahattha →

pts

one’s own hand Ja.i.68; usually sahatthā (abl.) with one’s own hand Vin.i.18; AN.i.274; DN.i.109; Snp.p.107; Ja.i.286; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#54; Mil.15 instr. sahatthena id. Pv-a.110, Pv-a.124, Pv\ …

sajati →

pts

…pp. saṭṭha (see vissaṭṭha)
caus sajjeti (q.v.)
■ For…

saka FIXME double →

pts

Saya = saka

? one’s own Ja.vi.414 (= saka-raṭṭha C.).

sakhalla →

pts

…DN.iii.213; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.287; Dhs-a.396; Ja.iv.57, Ja.iv.58 (= maṭṭhavacana “smooth words”).

abstr. from sakhila

sakkacca →

pts

…thoroughly; often with uppaṭṭhahati to attend, serve with due honour
■ Vv.12#5; Mil.305; Ja.iv.310. The form…

sakkaccaṃ →

pts

…thoroughly; often with uppaṭṭhahati to attend, serve with due honour
■ Vv.12#5; Mil.305; Ja.iv.310. The form…

sakkā →

pts

sakkā honti imāni aṭṭha sukhāni vindituṃ, these eight advantages are able to be enjoyed Ja.i.8; *sakkā etaṃ abhavissa…

salākā →

pts

  1. an arrow, a dart AN.iv.107 (T. has it as nt.).
  2. a small stick, peg, thin bar SN.iv.168; Dāvs iv.51.
  3. blade of a grass MN.i.79; Ja.i.439.
  4. ribs of a parasol Vin.iv.338; Snp-a.487; Mil.226.

samassattha →

pts

refreshed, relieved Ja.iii.189.

saṃ + assattha2

samattha →

pts

adjective able, strong Ja.i.179; Ja.i.187; Snp-a.143.

cp. Sk. samartha, saṃ + artha

samatthiya →

pts

adjective able Sdhp.619.

fr. samattha

samaya →

pts

…is to be read as samavasaṭṭha, i.e. thoroughly given up. Thus Kern,

Toevoegselen

The same passage occurs at DN.iii.269 as…

sambādha →

pts

  1. crowding, pressure, inconvenience from crowding, obstruction Vism.119 janasambādharahita free from crowding Mil.409 kiṭṭhasambādha crowding of corn, the time when the corn is growing thick MN.i.115 …

sammajjati →

pts

…Ja.ii.25; Dhp-a.i.58; Dhp-a.ii.184; Dhp-a.iii.168. 2. to rub, polish Ja.i.338

pp sammaṭṭha
caus 2…

sammaṭṭha →

pts

swept, cleaned, polished, smooth Vin.iii.119 (su˚); Ja.i.10; Ja.iii.395 (smooth) Spelt -maṭṭa at Mil.15.

pp. of sammajjati

sammuti →

pts

  1. consent, permission Vin.iii.199.
  2. choice, selection, delegation Vin.iii.159.
  3. fixing, determination (of boundary) Vin.i.106.
  4. common consent, general opinion, convention, that which is genera …

sammā →

pts

Sammā1

a pin of the yoke Abhp.449; a kind of sacrificial instrument Snp-a.321 (sammaṃ ettha pāsantī ti sammāpāso; and sātrā-yāgass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ). Cp. Weber Indische Streifen i.3 …

sampadā →

pts

  1. attainment, success accomplishment; happiness, good fortune; blessing bliss AN.i.38; Pv.ii.9#47 (= sampatti Pv-a.132)
    ■ Sampadā in its pregnant meaning is applied to the accomplishments of th …

sampahaṃsati →

pts

to be glad; pp. sampahaṭṭha
caus sampahaṃseti to gladden, delight Vin.i.18;…

sampahaṭṭha →

pts

…“kusalena suvaṇṇakārena sanghaṭṭitaṃ sanghaṭṭentena tāpitaṃ”).

saṃ +…

sampajañña →

pts

attention, consideration, discrimination, comprehension, circumspection AN.i.13 sq.; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.98 sq. SN.iii.169; DN.iii.213 (sati + samp. opp. to *muṭṭha-sacca asampaj …

sampalimaṭṭha →

pts

touched, handled, blotted out, destroyed SN.iv.168 sq. = Ja.iii.532 = Vism.36.

saṃ + palimaṭṭha

sampatthanā →

pts

entreating, imploring Dhs.1059.

saṃ + patthanā

samujjala →

pts

adjective resplendent Ja.i.89, Ja.i.92 (pañcavaṇṇa-vattha˚). raṃsi-jāla˚ resplendent with the blaze of rays Vv-a.12, Vv-a.14, Vv-a.166.

saṃ + ujjala

samukkaṃsati →

pts

to extol, to praise Snp.132, Snp.438; MN.i.498
pp samukkaṭṭha.

saṃ + ukkaṃsati

samukkaṭṭha →

pts

exalted AN.iv.293; Thag.632.

saṃ + ukkaṭṭha

samupaṭṭhahati →

pts

to serve, help; pres. samupaṭṭhāti Sdhp.283; aor. samupaṭṭhahi Mhvs.33 Mhvs.95.

saṃ + upaṭṭhahati

samādhi →

pts

…In the Ambaṭṭha-sutta the corresponding terms are sīla, caraṇa, vijjā (DN.i.100) Thus…

sandhi →

pts

  1. union, junction Mil.330 (of 2 roads); Bdhgh on SN.ii.270 (between 2 houses).
  2. breach, break, hole, chasm DN.ii.83 = AN.v.195; Thag.786; Ja.v.459. āloka˚; a window Vin.ii.172; sandhiṃ chindati

sarīra →

pts

…Vv.32; Vv-a.269.

sasati →

pts

Sasati1

to slay, slaughter; sassamāna ppr. pass. Ja.v.24 (C. = hiṃsamāna)
inf sasituṃ Ja.vi.291 (read sāsituṃ from sāsati?).
pp sattha.

śas cp. Dhtp.301: gati-h …

sasattha →

pts

with swords Ja.iv.222; Dhs-a.62.

sa3 + sattha

sati →

pts

memory, recognition, consciousness, DN.i.180; DN.ii.292; Mil.77–Mil.80 intentness of mind, wakefulness of mind, mindfulness alertness, lucidity of mind, self-possession, conscience self-consciousnes …

satta →

pts

…side) Vin.ii.149.

sattha →

pts

Sattha1

neuter a weapon, sword, knife; coll. “arms” DN.i.4, DN.i.56; Snp.309, Snp.819 (explained as 3: kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚, referring to AN.iv.42 at Mnd.151); Ja.i.72, Ja.i.504; Pv.iii.10# …

satthaka →

pts

Satthaka1

neuter a knife, scissors Vin.ii.115 (daṇḍa˚, with a handle); Ja.v.254 (as one of the 8 parikkhāras); Mil.282. aya˚; at Ja.v.338 read -paṭṭaka.

  • *-[nisādana](/define/nisād …

satthar →

pts

teacher, master
■ nom. satthā DN.i.49; Snp.179;
■ acc. satthāraṃ DN.i.163; Snp.153, Snp.343;
■ instr. satthārā DN.i.163;
■ instr. satthunā Mhvs.32, Mhvs.19;
■ gen. satthu DN.i.110; Iti.79; V …

satthika →

pts

adjective belonging to a caravan DN.ii.344.

fr. sattha3

satthu →

pts

see sattu2; satthu˚; see satthar.

satthuvaṇṇa →

pts

gold (lit. the colour of the Master) Vin.iii.238, Vin.iii.240.

satthar˚ + vaṇṇa

savana →

pts

Savana1

neuter

  1. the ear Snp.1120; Mil.258.
  2. hearing DN.i.153, DN.i.179; AN.i.121; SN.i.24; Vin.i.26; Snp.265, Snp.345; Dhp.182; Ja.i.160, Ja.i.250; Mil.257 Mnd.188. sussavanaṃ sāvesi …

saya →

pts

Saya = saka

? one’s own Ja.vi.414 (= saka-raṭṭha C.).

sayana →

pts

  1. lying down, sleeping Vism.26; Pv-a.80 (mañca˚).
  2. bed, couch Vin.i.57, Vin.i.72; Vin.ii.123; DN.i.5, DN.i.7; AN.i.132; Ja.ii.88; Ja.v.110 (˚ṃ attharāpeti to spread out a bed); Mil.243, Mil.348; M …

sayati FIXME double →

pts

…happy SN.i.212; Ja.v.242 (raṭṭhaṃ i.e. is prosperous); opp dukkhaṃ s. to be miserable AN.i.137.

śī, Vedic…

saṃhita →

pts

connected, equipped with, possessed of DN.i.5; MN.ii.202; SN.i.103; Dhp.101 (gāthā anattha-pada˚). Often as attha˚; endowed with profit bringing advantage, profitable DN.i.189; SN.ii.223 SN.iv.330; …

saṃsaṭṭha →

pts

  1. mixed with (instr.), associating with, joined MN.i.480 (opp. vi˚); AN.iii.109, AN.iii.116 AN.iii.258 sq., AN.iii.393; Pv-a.47.
  2. living in society Vin.i.200 Vin.ii.4; Vin.iv.239, Vin.iv.294; DN.i …

saṅgaha →

pts

Saṅgaha1

  1. collecting, gathering, accumulation Vin.i.253; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.28.
  2. comprising collection, inclusion, classification Kv.335 sq. (˚kathā) cp. Kvu. translation 388 sq.; Vism.191 …

saṅgha →

pts

  1. multitude, assemblage Mil.403 (kāka˚); Ja.i.52 (sakuṇa˚); Snp.589 (ñāti˚); Snp.680 (deva˚) DN.iii.23 (miga˚); Vv.5#5 (accharā˚ = samūha Vv-a.37) bhikkhu˚; an assembly of Buddhist priests AN.i.56 …

saṅkhāta →

pts

agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the thre …

saṅkitti →

pts

derivation & meaning very doubtful; Bdhgh’s expln at Pp-a 231 is not to be taken as reliable, viz. “sankittetvā katabhattesu hoti. dubbhikkha-samaye kira acela-kāsāvakā acelakānaṃ atthāy …

saṅkoca →

pts

contraction (as a sign of anger or annoyance), grimace (mukha˚) Pv-a.103; also as hattha˚; etc. at Pv-a.124.

saṃ + koca, of kuñc: see kuñcita

saṅkucita →

pts

shrunk, contracted, clenched (of the first: ˚hattha) Ja.i.275; Ja.vi.468 (˚hattha, opposed to pasārita-hattha); DN-a.i.287; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.124.

pp. of sankucati

saṇḍa →

pts

heap, cluster, multitude; a grove (vana˚ DN.i.87; SN.iii.108; Vin.i.23; Ja.i.134 (vana˚); satta˚ teeming with beings Iti.21
Jambu˚; Name of Jambudīpa Snp.352 = Thag.822 (variant reading ˚maṇḍa …

saṭhesana →

pts

saṭṭha →

pts

…read for saṭh˚;)
■ saṭṭha at SN.iii.84 is to be read seṭṭha, and at SN.iv.298…

senā →

pts

an army Vin.i.241; Vin.iv.104 sq. (where described as consisting of hatthī assā, rathā, pattī), Vin.iv.160; SN.i.112; AN.iii.397; AN.v.82; Ja.ii.94; Mil.4; Mnd.95 (Māra˚), Mnd.174 (id.).

  • *-[gutta] …

seti →

pts

…happy SN.i.212; Ja.v.242 (raṭṭhaṃ i.e. is prosperous); opp dukkhaṃ s. to be miserable AN.i.137.

śī, Vedic…

siddha →

pts

Siddha1

boiled, cooked Ja.ii.435 (= pakka); Ja.v.201 (˚bhojana); Mil.272; Snp-a.27 (˚bhatta = pakk’odana of Snp.18).

a specific Pali formation fr. sijjati (svid) in meaning “to cook,” …

siddhatthaka →

pts

white mustard Thag-a.181 (Tha-ap.24); Ja.iii.225; Ja.vi.537; Dhp-a.ii.273 (in Kisāgotamī story).

Sk. siddhārthaka

siddhi →

pts

accomplishment, success, prosperity Mhvs.29, Mhvs.70; Sdhp.14, Sdhp.17, Sdhp.325, Sdhp.469; Pv-a.63 (attha˚ advantage); padasiddhi substantiation of the meaning of the word DN-a.i.66; cp. sadda˚.

f …

sikkhāpada →

pts

…such*, but they are called aṭṭhaṅgika uposatha (see sīla 2b) e.g. Mhvs.37, Mhvs.202
■…

silāghati →

pts

to extol, only in Dhtp.30 as root silāgh, with defn “katthana,” i.e. boasting.

Epic Sk. ślāgh

sindhava →

pts

…(= Sindhava-raṭṭhe jatā assā); (nt.) rock salt Vin.i.202 Sindhavaraṭṭha the Sindh country Thag-a.270; Ja.v.260.

Sk. saindhava

sippa →

pts

…sippas are hīna, others ukkaṭṭha Vin.iv.6 sq. Vb-a.410. asippa untaught, unqualified Ja.iv.177 Ja.vi.228 = asippin Mil.250
■ sippaṃ…

su →

pts

…applied to AN.iv.271 (aṭṭhanga˚ i.e. uposatha). -samāraddha thoroughly undertaken DN.ii.103; SN.ii.264 sq.;…

sukha →

pts

adjective noun agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.i.3; Dhp.118, Dhp.194, Dhp.331; Snp.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress AN.ii.149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear DN.i.4; happy, pleas …

sukhuma →

pts

adjective subtle, minute Vin.i.14; DN.i.182; SN.iv.202; AN.ii.171; Dhs.676; Thig.266; Dhp.125 = Snp.662; Vism.274, Vism.488 (˚rūpā). fine, exquisite DN.ii.17, DN.ii.188; Mil.313; susukhuma, very subtl …

supina →

pts

dream, vision DN.i.9, DN.i.54; SN.i.198; SN.iv.117 (supine in a dream; variant reading supinena); Snp.360, Snp.807, Snp.927 Mnd.126; Ja.i.334 sq., Ja.i.374; Ja.v.42; DN-a.i.92, DN-a.i.164; Vv.44#14 …

suplavattha →

pts

at Ja.v.408 is doubtful in spelling & meaning. Perhaps to be read; “suplavantaṃ” gliding along beautifully; C. explained as “sukhena plavan’atthaṃ.”

suriya →

pts

  1. the sun Vin.i.2; DN.ii.319; Snp.687; AN.i.227; SN.v.29 sq. Ja.ii.73; Vism.231 (in simile), Vism.416 (the seventh sun), Vism.417 (myth of pop. etym.), Vism.690 (in sim.); Mil.299; Kp-a.21 (bāla˚, i …

sutta →

pts

…to the Vinaya Vism.272 (˚aṭṭhakathā opp to Vinay’aṭṭhakathā). As -piṭaka e.g. at Kp-a.12 Vb-a.431. See Proper Names. *…

sādheti →

pts

  1. to accomplish, further, effect Ja.ii.236 (Pot. sādhayemase).
  2. to make prosperous Pv-a.113, Pv-a.125
  3. to arrange, prepare Mhvs.7, Mhvs.24.
  4. to perform execute Ja.i.38 (ārāmika-kiccaṃ); DN- …

sāhatthika →

pts

adjective with one’s own hand Ja.i.168; Dhs-a.97; Snp-a.493; Kp-a.29.

fr. sahattha

sākhalya →

pts

…DN.iii.213; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.287; Dhs-a.396; Ja.iv.57, Ja.iv.58 (= maṭṭhavacana “smooth words”).

abstr. from sakhila

sālā →

pts

large (covered & enclosed) hall large room, house; shed, stable etc., as seen fr. foll examples: aggi˚; a hall with a fire Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 āsana˚; hall with seats Dhp-a.ii.65; *ud …

sāmattha →

pts

adjective able Ja.ii.29.

= samattha

sāmatthiya →

pts

ability Mhvs.37, Mhvs.243

abstr. fr. samattha

sāmañña →

pts

Sāmañña1

neuter generality; equality, conformity; unity, company Mil.163; Snp-a.449 (jāti identity of descent), Snp-a.449 (generality, contrasted to visesa detail), S …

sāttha →

pts

with the meaning, in spirit DN.i.62; DN.ii.48; Iti.79, Iti.111; Snp.p.100; Vin.i.21; DN-a.i.176; Vism.214.

sa3 + attha

sātthaka →

pts

adjective (fem. ikā) useful Pv-a.12. Satra-yaga

sa + atthaka

sāvaka →

pts

…of the eight Aryas MN.ii.120; SN.i.220 (cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā), SN.ii.79 sq.; Iti.88.

fr. śru

sīla →

pts

…as: saraṇa˚, pañca˚, aṭṭhanga˚, dasanga˚, pātimokkhasaṃvara˚ all of which expressions refer to the sikkhāpadas and not to the…

sīsa →

pts

Sīsa1

neuter lead DN.ii.351; SN.v.92; Mil.331; Vb-a.63 (= kāḷa-tipu); a leaden coin Ja.i.7; --kāra a worker in lead Mil.331; --maya leaden Vin.i.190.

cp. Sk. sīsa

Sīsa2</s …

sūcikā →

pts

…Vin.ii.148. sūcik’aṭṭha whose bones are like needles (?) Pv.iii.2#3 Pv-a.180 (sūcigātā ti vā pāṭho. Vijjhanatthena sūcikā…

ta →

pts

Ta˚

base of demonstr. pron. for nt., in oblique cases of m. & f., in demonstr. adv. of place & time (see also sa).

I. Cases: nom

sg. nt. tad (older) Vin.i.83; Snp.1052; Dh …

taca →

pts

(& taco nt.)

  1. bark. MN.i.198, MN.i.434, MN.i.488; AN.v.5
  2. skin, hide (similar to camma, denoting the thick outer skin, as contrasted with chavi, thin skin, see chavi & cp. Ja.i …

tapa →

pts

Tapa & Tapo

  1. torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …

tapo →

pts

Tapa & Tapo

  1. torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …

tappara →

pts

adjective quite given to or intent upon (-˚), diligent, devoted Thag-a.148 (Tha-ap.57, Tha-ap.66) (mānapūjana˚ & buddhopaṭṭhāna˚).

Sk. tatpara

tassa-pāpiyyasikā →

pts

Tassa-pāpiyyasikā

feminine (viz. kiriyā) Name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathā: guilt (legal wrong) of such & such a character Vin.i.325; in detail expl. MN.ii.249; + tiṇavatthāraka DN.iii.254; AN …

tattha →

pts

A.

  1. of place:
    1. place where there, in that place Snp.1071, Snp.1085; Dhp.58; Ja.i.278; Pv.i.10#15; often with eva: tatth’ eva right there, on the (very same) spot SN.i.116; Ja.ii.154; …

te →

pts

Te˚

secondary base of numeral three (fr. ti) in compound: having a relation to a triad of, three-; in numerical compounds also = three (see under tayo).

  • *-[kaṭula](/define/kaṭu …

teja →

pts

Teja & Tejo

“sharpness,” heat, flame, fire, light; radiance, effulgence splendour, glory, energy, strength, power DN.ii.259 (personified as deva, among the 4 Elements paṭhavī, āpo, t., vāyo; cp. tejo …

tejo →

pts

Teja & Tejo

“sharpness,” heat, flame, fire, light; radiance, effulgence splendour, glory, energy, strength, power DN.ii.259 (personified as deva, among the 4 Elements paṭhavī, āpo, t., vāyo; cp. tejo …

thambha →

pts

…combatants: makkho th. te aṭṭhamo) Ja.i.202. 3. a clump of grass MN.i.324; cp. thambhaka.

see etym. under thaddha; occasionally spelt…

tharaṇa →

pts

strewing, spreading. In compounds like assa˚, bhumma˚, ratha˚, hattha˚, etc. the reading ass-attharaṇa, etc. should be preferred (= ā stṛ;). See attharaṇa and compounds

Sk. staraṇa to stṛ.

theraka →

pts

adjective strong (?), of clothes: therakāni vatthāni DN.ii.354 (vv.ll. thevakāni, dhorakāni, corakāni). Theri & Therika

thulla FIXME double →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

thuta →

pts

praised Dhs-a.198; Ja.iv.101 (sada˚ = sadā thuto niccapasattho); Mil.278 (vaṇṇita th. pasattha).

cp. pp. of thavati

thūla →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

ti FIXME double →

pts

Ti

adverb the apostrophe form of iti, thus. See iti.

cp. Sk. iti

Ti˚

base of numeral three in compound; consisting of three, threefold; in numerical compounds also three (3 times).

*-[kaṭuka](/d …

ti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

tiro →

pts

-raṭṭha a foreign kingdom DN.i.161 (= pararaṭṭha DN-a.i.286).

Vedic tiras across, crossways, from; *ter of…

tiṇa →

pts

grass, herb; weed; straw; thatch hay, litter SN.iii.137 (tiṇa, kasā, kusa, babbaja, bīraṇa) satiṇakaṭṭhodaka full of grass, wood & water (of an estate) DN.i.87, DN.i.111, etc.; sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā rajo …

tiṇha →

pts

sharp (of swords, axes, knives, etc.) DN.i.56 (sattha); SN.iv.160, SN.iv.167 (kuṭhārī); AN.iv.171; Snp.667 (˚dhāra), Snp.673 (asipattavana); Ja.i.253; Sdhp.381.

see tikhiṇa

tiṭṭhati →

pts

…aṭṭhāsi (Ja.i.279, pl. aṭṭhaṃsu Ja.ii.129) aṭṭhā (cp. agā, orig. impf.) (Snp.429; Ja.i.188);
inf ṭhātuṃ (Pv-a.174);
ger…

tomara →

pts

pike, spear, lance, esp. the lance of an elephant-driver DN.ii.266 (tutta-t. a driving lance); MN.iii.133 (t. hattha) Vism.235; DN-a.i.147.

Sk. tomara from tud, see tudati

tuccha →

pts

adjective empty, vain, deserted very often combined with ritta DN.i.55; DN.iii.53 (˚kumbhi) MN.i.207; Ja.i.209 (˚hattha, empty-handed); Ja.vi.365; Snp.883; Pp.45, Pp.46; Mil.5 (+ palāpa), Mil.10 (id …

tumba →

pts

…skull) Vin.i.205 (loha˚, kaṭṭha˚, phala˚); Vin.ii.114 (˚kaṭāha of gourd); Ja.iii.430 (udaka˚); Ja.iv.114; Dhp-a.ii.193 (udaka˚) 2. a…

tuṭṭha →

pts

…(q.v.) i.e. tuṭṭha-haṭṭha Ja.i.19 or haṭṭha-tuṭṭha Ja.ii.240; cp. tuṭṭha-pahaṭṭha Ja.ii.240
■ Snp.683; Iti.103;…

tālu →

pts

the palate Snp.716; Ja.i.419; Vism.264 (˚matthaka top of p.); Pv-a.260.

Sk. tālu, see tala

tāreti →

pts

Tāreti1

to make cross, to help over, to bring through, save, help, assist Snp.319 (pare tārayetuṃ), Snp.321 (so tāraye tattha bahū pi aññe); Iti.123 (tiṇṇo tarayataṃ varo: “one who is thro …

tāva →

pts

adverb so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation Thus

I

*yāva-tāva …

tāḷa →

pts

…Vin.ii.148 (3 kinds loha˚, kaṭṭha˚, visāṇa˚); Bdhd 1.

  • -cchiggala a key-hole SN.iv.290; SN.v.453; Vism.500
  • -cchidda id….

ubbaṭṭhaka →

pts

misprint in Pp Index as well as at Pp-a.233 for ubbhaṭṭhaka (q.v.).

ubbedha →

pts

height, only as measure, contrasted with āyāma length, & vitthāra width Ja.i.29 (Ja.v.219; asīti-hatth˚), Ja.i.203 (yojana-sahass˚); Vv-a.33 (yojana˚), Vv- …

ubbhaṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective standing erect or upright DN.i.167; MN.i.78, MN.i.92, MN.i.282, MN.i.308, MN.i.343; AN.i.296; AN.ii.206; Pp.55 (ubb˚; = uddhaṃ ṭhitaka Pp-a 233).

ubbha + ṭha + ka of sthā, prob. contra …

ubbāhana →

pts

carrying, lifting, in ˚samattha fit for carrying, i.e. a beast of burden, of an elephant Ja.vi.448.

fr. ubbahati2

ubhato →

pts

…MN.i.477 (cp. MN.i.385 ˚vimaṭṭha); SN.i.191; AN.i.73; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.77; Pp.14 Pp.73; Ne.190; -byañjanaka (vyañj˚) having the…

ubhayattha →

pts

adjverb in both places, in both cases Vin.i.107; AN.iii.64; Dhp.15–Dhp.17; Dhp-a.i.29 (˚ettha), Dhp-a.i.30; Pv-a.130.

Sk. ubhayatra, fr. ubhaya

udagga →

pts

…+); Mil.248; Dhp-a.ii.42 (haṭṭha-pahaṭṭha udagg-udagga in high glee & jubilant); Vism.346 (id.); Sdhp.323. See also der….

udaka →

pts

water Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.213; DN.ii.15 (˚assa dhārā gushes or showers of w.); Dhp.80 Dhp.145; Ja.i.212; Pv.i.5#7; Pp.31, Pp.32; Mil.318; Vv-a.20 (udake temanaṃ aggimhe tāpanaṃ); Dhp-a.i.289; Dhp-a. …

udaya →

pts

rise, growth; increment, increase; income, revenue, interest AN.ii.199; Pts.i.34; Vv.84#7 (dhan’atthika uddayaṃ patthayāna = ānisaṃsaṃ atirekalābhaṃ Vv-a.336); Vv.84#52 ; Dhp-a.ii.270; Pv-a.146 (ul …

uddalomī →

pts

woollen coverlet with a fringe at each end DN.i.7 (= ubhato dasaṃ uṇṇā-may’ attharaṇaṃ; keci ubhato uggata-pupphaṃ ti vadanti DN-a.i.87); AN.i.181. See however uddha-lomin under *[uddhaṃ](/define/ …

uddesika →

pts

…Esp. as-˚ in phrase aṭṭha-vass’ uddesika-kāla the time referring to (or indicating) the 8th year, i.e. at the age of…

uddha FIXME double →

pts

…uggato Ja.v.269; ubbhaṭṭhako hoti “standing erect” DN.i.167; MN.i.78; ubbhamukhu “mouth (face) upwards”, turned upwards…

uddhaṃ →

pts

…uggato Ja.v.269; ubbhaṭṭhako hoti “standing erect” DN.i.167; MN.i.78; ubbhamukhu “mouth (face) upwards”, turned upwards…

uddissa →

pts

…towards to Pv-a.250 Suraṭṭha-visayaṃ) 2. (appld.) with reference to, on account of, for, concerning Pv-a.8 (pete),…

uggaha →

pts

adjective (-˚)

  1. taking up, acquiring, learning Vism.96 (ācariy˚), Vism.99 (˚paripucchā), Vism.277 (kananaṭṭhānassa).
  2. noticing, taking notice, perception (as opp. to manasikāra) Vism.125, Vism.2 …

uggahita →

pts

…Snp.833, Snp.1098 Mnd.175 = Cnd.152 (= gahita parāmaṭṭha).

pp. of uggaṇhāti

uggatthana →

pts

at Ja.vi.590 means a kind of ornament or trinket, it should prob. be read ugghaṭṭana [fr. ghaṭṭeti lit. “tinkling”, i.e. a bangle.

uggaṇhāti →

pts

to take up, acquire, learn [cp. BSk. udgṛhṇāti in same sense, e.g. Divy.18 Divy.77 etc.] Snp.912 (uggahaṇanta = uggahaṇanti = uggaṇhanti Snp-a.561); imper. uggaṇha Ja.ii.30 (sippaṃ); uggaṇhāhi Mi …

ugghaṃseti →

pts

to rub Vin.ii.106. - pp. ugghaṭṭha (q.v.).

ud + ghṛṣ, see ghaṃsati1

ugghaṭeti →

pts

to open, reveal (? so Hardy in Index to Nett) Ne.9; ugghaṭiyati & ugghaṭanā ibid. Ugghatta (Ugghattha?)

ud + ghaṭati

ugghaṭṭa →

pts

Ugghaṭṭa (Ugghaṭṭha?)

knocked crushed, rubbed against, only in phrase ughaṭṭa-pāda foot-sore Snp.980 (= maggakkamaṇena…

ugghaṭṭha? →

pts

Ugghaṭṭa (Ugghaṭṭha?)

knocked crushed, rubbed against, only in phrase ughaṭṭa-pāda foot-sore Snp.980 (= maggakkamaṇena…

ujjava →

pts

adjective “running up”, in cpd. ujjav-ujjava a certain term in the art of spinning or weaving Vin.iv.300, expld. by “yattakaṃ patthena (patthana?) añcitaṃ hoti tasmi takkamhi vedhite”.

ud + java

ukkaṃsati →

pts

…MN.i.498; Ja.iv.108
pp ukkaṭṭha
■ ukkaṃseti
in same meaning MN.i.402 sq. (attānaṃ u. paraṃ vambheti); AN.ii.27; Cnd.141.

ud +…

ukkaṭṭha →

pts

…Vv-a.105 (superl. ukkaṭṭhatama with ref. to Gotama as the most exalted of the 7 Rishis) Sdhp.506 (opp. lāmaka). 2. large, comprehensive…

ukkaṭṭhatā →

pts

superiority, eminence, exalted state Ja.iv.303 (opp. hīnatā).

abstr. fr. ukkaṭṭha

ukkhipati →

pts

To hold up, to take up Ja.i.213; Ja.iv.391: Ja.vi.350; Vism.4 (satthaṃ); Pv-a.265. A t. t. of canon law, to suspend (a bhikkhu for breach of rules) Vin.iv.309; Pp.33. -ukkhipiyati to be suspended …

ullaṅghanā →

pts

jumping up, lifting up, raising Vin.iii.121; Ja.iv.5 (˚samattha?).

abstr. fr. ud + laṅgh

upa →

pts

upa*, e.g. devūpaṭṭhāna, lokûpaga, puññûpatthambhita-Meanings:

  1. (Rest): on upon, up-˚kiṇṇa covered over; ˚jīvati live on (cp. anu˚); ˚tthambhita propped up, sup-ported; ˚cita heap …

upagacchati →

pts

  1. to come to, go to, approach, flow to (of water) DN.ii.12; Pv-a.12 (vasanaṭṭhānaṃ), Pv-a.29, Pv-a.32 (vāsaṃ) Pv-a.132;
    ger -gantvā Pv-a.70 (attano santikaṃ), & -gamma SN.ii.17, SN.ii …

upakaḍḍhati →

pts

…Dhp-a.iii.484).

upa + kaḍḍhati, cp. upakaṭṭha

upakaṇṭha →

pts

at Dāvs v.41 is to be corrected to upakaṭṭha.

upakaṭṭha →

pts

…near Ja.iv.213 (yāva upakaṭṭha-majjhantikā till nearly noon). Usually in foll. two phrases: upakaṭṭhe kāle when the time was near,…

upakāraka →

pts

adjective serviceable, helping, effective Ja.v.99; Vism.534
■ f. upakārikā

  1. benefactress helper Ja.iii.437.
  2. fortification (strengthening of the defence) on a city wall D …

upanissaya →

pts

basis, reliance, support, foundation, assurance, certainty; esp. sufficing condition or qualification for Arahantship (see long article in Childers s. v.); no 9 in the 24 paccayas, Tikapatthāṇa, Tikap …

upanāyika →

pts

…Divy.489 & see also upakaṭṭha and vassa) Vin.i.253; AN.i.51 (divided into 2 parts first & second, or purimikā &…

upaparikkhā →

pts

investigation, examination Vin.iii.314; MN.ii.175 (attha˚); AN.iii.381 sq.; AN.iv.221; AN.v.126; Dhs.16, Dhs.20 Dhs.292; Pp.25; Ne.8, Ne.42; DN-a.i.171.

fr. upaparikkhati, cp. BSk. upaparīkṣā Divy.3 etc.

upapāramī →

pts

minor perfection Bv.i.77 (opp. paramattha-pāramī); Dhp-a.i.84.

upa + pāramī, cp. upa 5

upari →

pts

indeclinable over, above (prep. & prefix)

  1. (adv. on top, above (opp. adho below) Vin.iv.46 (opp. heṭṭhā) Ja.vi.432; Kp-a.248 (= uddhaṃ; opp. adho); Snp-a.392 (abtimukho u. gacchati explaining pac …

uparujjhati →

pts

to be stopped, broken, annihilated, destroyed DN.i.223; Thag.145; Iti.106; Snp.724, Snp.1036, Snp.1110; Cnd.159 (= nirujjhati vūpasammati atthangacchati); Mil.151; Sdhp.280. pp. *[uparuddha](/define/u …

upassaṭṭha →

pts

“thrown upon”, overcome, visited, afflicted, ruined, oppressed SN.iv.29; AN.iii.226 (udak˚); Ja.i.61; Ja.ii.239.

Sk. upasṛṣṭa, pp. of upa + sṛj

upatiṭṭhati →

pts

…(q.v.).

upa + sthā, cp. upaṭṭhahati, ˚ṭṭhāti etc.

upatthaddha →

pts

  1. stiff Vin.iii.37 (angāni).
  2. supported or held up by, resting on, founded on, relying on Thag.1058, Thag.1194 Thag.2, Thag.72 (yobbanena); Ja.i.47 (Ja.v.267: mettābalena); Ja.v.121 Ja.v.301; Kv.25 …

upatthambha →

pts

  1. a support, prop, stay Mil.355, Mil.415, Mil.417; Sdhp.565.
  2. relief, ease Vin.iii.112.
  3. encouragement Ja.v.270; Dhp-a.i.279.

fr. upa + stambh

upatthambhaka →

pts

adj. nt. holding up, supporting, sustaining Dhs-a.153.

fr. upatthambha

upatthambhana →

pts

Err:510

upatthambheti →

pts

to make firm, shore up, support, prop up Ja.i.127 (ppr ˚ayamāna), Ja.i.447; DN-a.i.113; Dhp-a.iii.73 (˚ayamāna ppr.). pp. upatthambhita.

upa + thambheti, Caus. of thambhati

upatthambhita →

pts

propped up, supported, sustained Ja.i.107; Mil.36; DN-a.i.234; Pv-a.117 (puñña-phal˚), Pv-a.148 (utu-āhārehi u.).

pp. of upatthambheti

upatthara →

pts

(floor) covering, carpet, rug DN.i.103 (rath˚); Ja.ii.126 (pabbat˚); Ja.ii.534.

fr. upa + stṛ.

upaṭṭhahati →

pts

…Pv-a.20
aor upaṭṭhahi Pv-a.14, Pv-a.42 Pv-a.82
inf upaṭṭhātuṃ AN.v.72; Pv-a.20

upaṭṭhapeti →

pts

Upaṭṭhapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

  1. to provide, procure, get ready, put forth, give Vin.ii.210; DN.ii.19; MN.i.429; Ja.i.266; Ja.iv.2; Ja.v.218;…

upaṭṭheti →

pts

…fut. -essati Vin.iv.291. to place, fix (parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā) Vb.244.

Caus. of upaṭṭhahati

upaṭṭhita →

pts

…Vin.i.63; DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; SN.iv.186; AN.iii.251; Pp.25.

pp. of upaṭṭhahati or upatiṭṭhāti, cp. BSk. upasthita Divy.281,…

upaṭṭhāka →

pts

servitor, personal attendant, servant, “famulus” Ānanda was the last u. of Gotama Buddha (see DN.i.206 Thag.1041 f.; Thag-a in Brethren loc. cit.; Vin.i.179 (Sāgato u.), Vin.i.194; Vin.ii.186; Vin. …

upaṭṭhāna →

pts

  1. attendance, waiting on, looking after, service, care, ministering AN.i.151, AN.i.225; Snp.138; Ja.i.226, Ja.i.237, Ja.i.291; Ja.ii.101; Ja.iv.138; Ja.vi.351; Pts.i.107; Pts.ii.7 sq., Pts.ii.28, Pts …

upaṭṭhāpana →

pts

attendance, service Vin.iv.291.

fr. upa + sthā

upaṭṭhāpeti →

pts

Upaṭṭhapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

  1. to provide, procure, get ready, put forth, give Vin.ii.210; DN.ii.19; MN.i.429; Ja.i.266; Ja.iv.2; Ja.v.218;…

upaṭṭhāti →

pts

…Pv-a.20
aor upaṭṭhahi Pv-a.14, Pv-a.42 Pv-a.82
inf upaṭṭhātuṃ AN.v.72; Pv-a.20

upaṭṭita →

pts

pained, terrified; overcome, overwhelmed Ja.vi.82 (visavegena). Upatthapeti & tthapeti;

upa + aṭṭita, from ard, see aṭṭita

upeta →

pts

…aṭṭhangavaraṃ upetan = aṭṭhahi angehi upetaṃ yuttaṃ Pv-a.243); Vism.18 (+ sam˚, upagata samupagata etc); Pv-a.7
Note. The…

uposatha →

pts

…twenty-third day is simply aṭṭhamī, the same as the eighth day. There is an accasional Up. called sāmaggi-uposatho,…

urūḷhava →

pts

adjective large, bulky, immense; great big, strong. Only in one stock phrase “nāgo isādanto urūḷhavo” Vv.20#9, Vv.43#9 ; Ja.vi.488; of which variant n. ī ubbuḷhavā MN.i.414 = MN.i.450. The word is exp …

ussāpeti →

pts

to lift up, erect, raise, exalt Vin.ii.195; AN.iv.43; Ja.ii.219; Ja.iv.16; Ja.v.95 (chattaṃ); Pv-a.75 (id.); Mil.21; Dhp-a.i.3; Dhp-a.iii.118 (kaṭṭhāni)
pp ussāpita & ussita; (q.v.). See also * …

uttama →

pts

adjective “ut-most”, highest, greatest, best Snp.1054 (dhammaṃ uttamaṃ the highest ideal = Nibbāna for which seṭṭhan Snp.1064; cp. Cnd.317); Dhp.56; Mnd.211; Cnd.502 (in paraphrase of mahā combd …

uttara →

pts

Uttara1

adjective

  1. higher, high, superior, upper, only in compounds, Ja.ii.420 (musal˚ with the club on top of him? Cy not clear, perhaps to uttara2); see also below.
  2. nort …

uttarati →

pts

  1. to come out of (water) Vin.ii.221 (opp. otarati); Ja.i.108 (id.).
  2. to go over, to flow over (of water), to boil over Mil.117, Mil.118, Mil.132 Mil.260, Mil.277.
  3. to cross over, to go beyond MN. …

uñcha →

pts

Uñcha & Uñchā

feminine anything gathered for sustenance, gleaning SN.ii.281; AN.i.36; AN.iii.66 sq., AN.iii.104; Vin.iii.87; Snp.977; Thig.329, Thig.349; Ja.iii.389; Ja.iv.23, Ja.iv.28, Ja.iv.434, Ja …

uñchā →

pts

Uñcha & Uñchā

feminine anything gathered for sustenance, gleaning SN.ii.281; AN.i.36; AN.iii.66 sq., AN.iii.104; Vin.iii.87; Snp.977; Thig.329, Thig.349; Ja.iii.389; Ja.iv.23, Ja.iv.28, Ja.iv.434, Ja …

uṭṭepeti →

pts

in phrase kāke u. “to scare crows away” (or to catch them in snares?) at Vin.i.79. Reading doubtful should probably be read uḍḍepeti (? Caus. of uḍḍeti oḍḍeti, or of uḍḍeti to make fly away). The vv.l …

vaca →

pts

kind of root Vin.i.201 = Vin.iv.35. Cp. vacattha.

vacana →

pts

  1. speaking, utterance, word, bidding SN.ii.18 (alaṃ vacanāya one says rightly); SN.iv.195 (yathā bhūtaṃ); AN.ii.168; Snp.417, Snp.699 Snp.932, Snp.984, Snp.997; Mil.235; Pv.ii.2#7; Snp-a.343, Snp-a …

vacattha →

pts

kind of root Vin.i.201 = Vin.iv.35.

vaha →

pts

(-˚)

  1. bringing, carrying, leading Pv.i.5#8 (vāri˚ river = mahānadī Pv-a.29); SN.i.103; Pv-a.13 (anattha˚). Doubtful in hetu- vahe Pv.ii.8#5, better with variant reading -vaco, explained by …

vammin →

pts

adjective wearing armour, armoured Ja.iv.353 (= keṭaka-phalaka-hattha C.); Ja.v.259 Ja.v.373; Ja.vi.25; Mil.331. Vammika & vammika;

fr. vamma; Vedic varmin

vana →

pts

Vana1

neuter the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure sport (“wood”), as well as of danger & frightfulness (“jungle”), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness (“forest”). Of ( …

varaṇa →

pts

…roxburghii Ja.i.222, Ja.i.317 (-rukkha), Ja.i.319 = Dhp-a.iii.409 (˚kaṭṭhabhañja); Ja.vi.535.

cp. Sk. varaṇa rampart, causeway,…

vasati →

pts

Vasati1

to clothe. pp.; vuttha1. Caus. vāseti: see ni˚ See also vāsana1 & vāsana1.

vas1; to Idg. *ṷes, cp. Gr. ε …

vassa →

pts

…old Mhvs.5, Mhvs.61; satta-aṭṭha˚ 7 or 8 years old Pv-a.67
■ See cpd. -sata. 3. semen virile, virility see compounds *-kamma &…

vassati →

pts

…shed rain)
pp vaṭṭa vaṭṭha, vuṭṭha. Another pp. of the Caus. *vasseti is vassita.

vṛṣ, varṣati,…

vatta →

pts

…Snp.294, Snp.393 (gahaṭṭha˚) Vism.188 (cetiy’ angaṇa˚ etc.); Dhp-a.i.92 (ācariya˚) Vb-a.354 (gata-paccāgata˚); Vv-a.47…

vattha →

pts

…sq. (ubhatobhāga-vimaṭṭhaṃ = MN.ii.13, reading vimaddha; with the expression cp. ubhato-bhāga-vimutta); Snp.295 Snp.304; Kp-a.237…

vatthabba →

pts

at Vin.ii.8 is to be spelt vattabba (see vattati).

vatthi →

pts

  1. the bladder Vin.iii.117; Ja.i.146; Snp.195; Vism.144 = Dhs-a.117; Vism.264, Vism.345 (mutta˚) 362; DN-a.i.161; Vb-a.248.
  2. the pudendum: see ˚*kosa*.
  3. a clyster (-bag): see ˚ …

vatthu →

pts

Vatthu1

neuter lit. “ground,” hence

  1. (lit.) object, real thing, property, thing, substance (cp. vatthu2!) AN.ii.209 (khetta˚, where khetta in lit. sense, cp. No. 2). Here bel …

vavakassati →

pts

…vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi). See also apakāsati, avakassati, avapakāsati
pp vavakaṭṭha.

v + ava +…

vavakaṭṭha →

pts

drawn away, alienated; withdrawn, secluded Dhp-a.ii.103 (˚kāya).

pp. of vavakassati

vavakkhati →

pts

see vatti. Vavatthapeti & tthapeti;

vavatthapeti →

pts

Vavatthapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out Ja.iv.17 (disaṃ ˚tthapetvā getting his bearings); Vb.193 sq. Vism.182; Snp-a.67; Kp-a.11, Kp-a.42, Kp-a.89; Vv-a. …

vavatthita →

pts

  1. entered on, arranged, fixed, determined, settled MN.iii.25; Dhs-a.36
  2. separated (opp. sambhinna) Vin.ii.67 sq.

pp. of vi + ava + sthā, cp. vavatthapeti & late Sk. vyavasthita “determination”

vavatthāna →

pts

determination, resolution, arrangement, fixing, analysis Pts.i.53; Vin.iv.289; Vism.111, Vism.236 (= nimitta), Vism.347 (defn); Mil.136; Kp-a.23.

fr. vi + ava + sthā; cp. late Sk. vya …

vavatthāpita →

pts

arranged, settled, established Mil.345 (su˚).

pp. of vavatthāpeti

vavaṭṭhāpeti →

pts

Vavatthapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out Ja.iv.17 (disaṃ ˚tthapetvā getting his bearings); Vb.193 sq. Vism.182; Snp-a.67; Kp-a.11, Kp-a.42, Kp-a.89; Vv-a. …

vaḍḍhana →

pts

adjective

  1. increasing, augmenting, fostering; increase, enlargement prolongation MN.i.518 (hāyana˚ decrease increase); Ja.iii.422 (kula˚, spelling ddh); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.73 (āyussa); Dhs-a.406; Pv-a …

vaṇijjā →

pts

trade, trading MN.ii.198; Snp.404 (payojaye dhammikaṃ so vaṇijjaṃ); AN.ii.81 sq.; Pv.i.5#6 (no trade among the Petas); Ja.i.169; Pv-a.47 (tela˚) Sdhp.332, Sdhp.390
Five trades must not be carri …

vaṇippattha →

pts

trading, trade Vin.i.229 = DN.ii.87 = Ud.88 (with ref. to Pāṭaliputta).

vaṇik + patha, in meaning patha 2

vaṇṇa →

pts

…pattassa vaṇṇā, viz. ukkaṭṭha, majjhima, omaka; cp below 7); DN.i.13, DN.i.91; Ja.vi.334; Mil.225 (khattiya˚ brāhmaṇa˚). 7. kind, sort…

vaṇṇita →

pts

  1. explained, commented on Snp-a.368.
  2. praised, extolled Pp.69; Ja.i.9; Mil.278 (+ thuta & pasattha); Pv-a.116 (= pasaṃsita), Pv-a.241; Vv-a.156 (= pasaṃsita).

pp. of vaṇṇeti

vaṭṭa →

pts

…see abhivaṭṭa and vaṭṭha (vuṭṭha); otherwise only at…

vaṭṭaka →

pts

cart, in haṭṭha˚; handcart Vin.ii.276.

fr. vṛt, or P. vaṭṭa

vaṭṭanā →

pts

…and at Ja.v.69 (spelt “vaṭṭhanā-vali-sankāsā piṭṭhi te ninnat’ unnatā, with C. expln “piṭṭhika-ṭṭhāne…

vaṭṭati →

pts

  1. to turn round, to move on: doubtful in “kattha vaṭṭaṃ na vaṭṭati SN.i.15; preferably with variant reading as vaḍḍhati
    caus 1 vaṭṭeti to turn or twist …

vaṭṭha →

pts

rained, in nava˚; newly rained upon Dhp-a.i.19 (bhūmi).

pp. of vassati, for the usual vuṭṭha

ve →

pts

Ve1

indeclinable part. of affirmation, emphasizing the preceding word: indeed, truly Vin.i.3 (etaṃ ve sukhaṃ); Dhp.63 (sa ve bāḷo ti vuccati), Dhp.83 (sabbattha ve), Dhp.16 …

veda →

pts

  1. (cp. vediyati & vedanā) (joyful) feeling, religious feeling, enthusiasm awe, emotion, excitement (something like; saṃvega) DN.ii.210 (˚paṭilābha + somanassa-paṭilābha) MN.i.4 …

vi →

pts

…˚ssajjati give out, ˚ssaṭṭha sent out, ˚ssara shouting out, ˚ssuta far-famed. 2. denoting disturbance separation, mixing up (opp….

vibhajati →

pts

(lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify; to deal with something in detail, to go into details MN.iii.223; SN.ii.2, SN.ii.255 (vibhājeti) = MN.i.364 (reads vir …

vibhāga →

pts

distribution, division; detailing, classification Ja.iv.361 Vism.494; Vb-a.83; Thag-a.100; Vv-a.37; Pv-a.122-attha˚ detailing of meaning Vism.569; dhātu˚; distribution of relics Vv-a.297; Pv- …

vibhāvana →

pts

(f.)

  1. making clear, ascertainment, explanation, exposition Ja.iii.389; Vb.342, Vb.343 (ā); Snp-a.13, Snp-a.261 sq., Snp-a.318; Vb-a.409 (ā) Thag-a.76 (ā), Thag-a.230; Pv-a.137, Pv-a.1 …

vibhāvaniya →

pts

adjective pertaining to ascertainment, making clear, explaining Pv-a.244 (paramattha˚).

fr. vibhāvana

vicarati →

pts

…wander Snp.444 (raṭṭhā raṭṭhaṃ vicarissaṃ, fut.), Snp.696 (dhamma-maggaṃ); Mnd.201, Mnd.263; Pv.iii.7#3 (aor. vicari); Dhp-a.i.66;…

vicchiddaka →

pts

“having holes all over,” referring to one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhānas, obtained by the contemplation of a corpse fissured from decay AN.ii.17 (˚saññā); AN.v.106, AN.v.310; Mil.332; Vism.110, Vism.178 …

viddhasta →

pts

…AN.ii.50; Snp.542; Ja.i.203; Ja.v.69, Ja.v.401; Vv.63#14 (= vinaṭṭha Vv-a.265).

pp. of viddhaṃsati

vidhamati →

pts

…Ja.vi.490 (vidhamaṃ te raṭṭhaṃ, is ruined) Mil.91, Mil.226 (Mārasenaṃ), Mil.237, Mil.337 (intrs., with vikirati & viddhaṃsati) 2….

viggaṇhati →

pts

  1. to take hold of, to quarrel, to be in disharmony with; only in ger. viggayha disputing quarrelling, fighting Vin.ii.106 (read gg for g Bdhgh on p. 315: rubbing against each other); Ud.69; Snp.844, …

vijjā →

pts

…all 8 stages are given as “aṭṭha vijjā,” and caraṇa with 15 qualities (sīla-saṃvara,…

vikala →

pts

adjective defective, in want of, deprived, (being) without Thig.391; Pv.iv.1 (bhoga˚); Ja.iv.278 Ja.vi.232; Mil.106, Mil.307 (udakena); DN-a.i.222; Pv-a.4 (hattha˚). Cp. vekalla

vikappa →

pts

  1. thinking over, considering, thought, intention Nd.97, Nd.351.
  2. doubtfulness, indecision, alternative, applied to the part. Snp-a.202, Snp-a.266 Kp-a.166; DN-a.i.51; Pv-a.1 …

vikasati →

pts

Vikasati1

to open (out), to expand, to blossom fully (of flowers)
pp vikasita. Caus. vikāseti to open Ja.vi.364 (hatthaṃ).

vi + kas

Vikas …

vikatthana →

pts

boasting Snp-a.549.

fr. vi + katth

vikatthati →

pts

to boast, show off SN.ii.229; Ja.i.454 (= vañcana-vacanaṃ vadati C.)
pp vikatthita.

vi + katthati

vikatthita →

pts

boasting Ja.i.359.

fr. vikatthati

vikiṇṇa →

pts

scattered about, strewn all over, loose Vin.i.209 (undurehi okiṇṇa˚; overrun); Ja.v.82.

  • -kesa with dishevelled hair Ja.i.47; Vism.415.
  • -vāca (adj.) of loose talk SN.i.61 (= …

vikkhittaka →

pts

adjective

  1. scattered all over, deranged, dismembered; of a dead body with respect to its limbs (as one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhāna’s: cp vikkhāyika & vicchiddaka) Vism.110 (˚saññā) = Mil.332; Vism.1 …

vikkhāyitaka →

pts

adjective noun “pertaining (or: of the nature of) to being eaten up, i.e. a (mental) representation obtained by contemplation of a corpse gnawed by animals, one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas Vism.110 = Mi …

vikāra →

pts

  1. change, alteration, in mahā˚; great change Vism.366, Vism.367 (of two kinds: anupādiṇṇa upādiṇṇa, or primary & secondary, i.e. the first caused by kappa-vuṭṭhāna, the second by dhātu-kkhobha) K …

vilaṅghaka →

pts

in hattha˚; jerking of the hand beckoning (as a mode of making signs) Vin.i.157; MN.i.207 (has g for gh, cp. p. 547)
■ Cp. hattha-vikāra.

fr. vilangheti

vimaṭṭha →

pts

…AN.v.61 = MN.ii.13 (has ˚maddha).

vi + maṭṭha

vimāna →

pts

…vimānāni gahetvā aṭṭhaṃsu). 8. Other terms for vimāna, and specifications. Var. other expressions are used more frequently for…

vinassati →

pts

…vinassa “away with you”) Ja.iii.351; Ja.v.468; Pv.iii.4#5; Vism.427
pp vinaṭṭha Caus….

vinaya →

pts

…(Expos. i. 23).

-aṭṭhakathā the (old) commentary on the Vinaya Vism.72, Vism.272; Vb-a.334; Kp-a.97….

vinaṭṭha →

pts

destroyed Vv-a.265; Pv-a.55.

pp. of vinassati

vinibandha →

pts

bondage SN.ii.17; SN.iii.135, SN.iii.186; AN.i.66 (+ vinivesa); Snp.16
■ The five cetaso vinibandhā (bondages of the mind) are: kāmesu rāgo, kāye rāgo, rūpe rāgo, yāvadatthaṃ udar’ âvadehakaṃ b …

vinicchaya →

pts

  1. discrimination, distinction, thought, (firm) opinion thorough knowledge of (-˚) AN.iii.354 (pāpakamma˚) Snp.327 (dhamma˚), Snp.838 (= dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhi-vinicchayā Mnd.186), Snp.867 (˚ṃ kūrute; cp. …

vinipāta →

pts

ruin, destruction; a place of suffering, state of punishment, syn. with apāya duggati; (with which often combined, plus niraya, e.g. Vin.i.227; DN.i.82, DN.i.162; MN.i.73; AN.iii …

vipallattha →

pts

adjective changed, reversed, upset, deranged corrupt, perverted. Occurs in two forms: vipariyattha Ja.v.372 (˚cittaṃ: in poetry); and vipallattha Vis …

vipallāsa →

pts

reversal change (esp. in a bad sense), inversion, perversion derangement, corruption, distortion
■ The form vipariyāsa occurs at Vin.ii.80 (citta-˚kata, with deranged mind or wrong thoughts); Ja. …

vipanna →

pts

…heretic; explained as “vinaṭṭha-sammādiṭṭhi” Snp-a.177); Mil.258 (su thoroughly fallen). -sīla˚; gone wrong in morals, lacking…

vipariyattha →

pts

in verse at Ja.v.372 is the poet. form of vipallattha (so the C. expln).

vipariyesa →

pts

reversal, contrariness, wrong state Kv.306 (three reversals: saññā˚, citta˚, diṭṭhi˚; or of perception, consciousness & views, cp. Kvu translation 176); Vb.376 (id.) -gāha inverted grasp i.e. h …

vipariyādikata →

pts

adjective thrown out of its course upset, destroyed Thag.184 (cittaṃ; cp. similar phrase vipariyatthaṃ cittaṃ Ja.v.372-The variant reading at Th passage is vimariyādi˚;).

vipariyāya + kata, with …

vipassanā →

pts

inward vision, insight, intuition, introspection DN.iii.213, DN.iii.273; SN.iv.195, SN.iv.360; SN.v.52 (samatha +) AN.i.61 (id.), AN.i.95; AN.ii.140, AN.ii.157 (samatha +); AN.iv.360; AN.v.99, AN.v. …

vipañcita →

pts

only in phrase -ññū either: knowing diffuseness or detail, or: of unillusioned understanding, clear-minded, unprejudiced combined with ugghaṭita-ññū at AN.ii.135 = Pp.41 (trsld by B. …

vippanaṭṭha →

pts

strayed, lost, perished Vv.84#9 = Vv.84#44 (= magga-sammūḷha Vv-a.337); Ja.iv.139 Ja.v.70; Ja.vi.525; Mil.326.

vi + pp. of panassati

vipubbaka →

pts

adjective full of corruption or matter, festering (said of a dead body). The contemplation (saññā) of a festering corpse is one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas
■ MN.i.58, MN.i.88; MN.iii.91; AN.iii.324. …

viraddha →

pts

failed, missed, neglecte SN.v.23 (ariyo maggo v.), SN.v.179 (satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā 254, 294; Mnd.512; Ja.i.174, Ja.i.490; Ja.ii.384; Ja.iv.71, Ja.iv.497 Ne.132.

pp. of virajjhati

viraddhi →

pts

(missing, failure?) at Vin.i.359 is uncertain reading. The vv.ll. are visuddhi, visandi & visandhi with explains “viddhaṭṭhāna” & “viraddhaṭṭhāna” see p. 395.

virajjati →

pts

to detach oneself, to free oneself of passion, to show lack of interest in (loc.). SN.ii.94, SN.ii.125 (nibbindaṃ [ppr.] virajjati); SN.iii.46, SN.iii.189; SN.iv.2, SN.iv.86; AN.v.3; Snp.739 = SN.iv.2 …

viriya →

pts

…AN.v.335; Ja.i.110; ossaṭṭha˚; one who has given up effort Ja.i.110; hīna˚; lacking in energy Iti.34 (here as vīriya, in metre) …

visaṃsaṭṭha →

pts

adjective separated, unconnected with (instr.) MN.i.480; DN-a.i.59.

vi + saṃsaṭṭha

visaṭṭha →

pts

visiṭṭha →

pts

…at Sdhp.334
■ See also abhi˚, paṭi˚, and vissaṭṭha.

pp. of visissati

vissajjati →

pts

… pp vissaṭṭha 2. Very frequent is the Caus. vissajjeti (also occasionally…

vissasati →

pts

vissāseti to confide in, to put one’s trust in (loc. or gen.), to be friendly with SN.i.79 (vissase); Ja.i.461 (vissāsayitvā); Ja.iii.148 = Ja.iii.525 (vissāsaye); Ja.iv.56; Ja.vi.292
pp *[vissatt …

vissattha →

pts

trusting or trusted; confident; being confided in or demanding confidence, intimate, friendly AN.iii.114; Vin.i.87 (so read for ṭṭh); Vin.iv.21; Ja.ii.305; Ja.iii.343; Mil.109 (bahu˚ enjoying great co …

vissaṭṭha →

pts

…-vacana). 3. vissaṭṭha at Ja.iv.219 in phrase -indriya means something like “strong,” distinguished. The variant reading…

visuddhi →

pts

brightness, splendour, excellency; (ethically) purity, holiness, sanctification virtue, rectitude Vin.i.105 (visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā); DN.i.53; DN.iii.214 (diṭṭhi˚, sīla˚), DN.iii.288; MN.i.147; …

viyāpanna →

pts

…The former explained as “naṭṭha,” the latter as “viparivattitvā aññathā-bhūta” at Snp-a.324).

vi + āpanna, pp. of vi +…

viññupasaṭṭha →

pts

…change unnecessary: anupasaṭṭha would have been the most natural expression if it had been meant in the sense suggested by Kern.

vi + ni…

viññāpana →

pts

adjective instructing, informing AN.ii.51, AN.ii.97
■ f. viññāpanī instructive, making clear (of speech) DN.i.114 (atthassa viññāpaniyā = viññāpanasamatthāya DN-a.i.282); AN.iii.114; Dhp.408 (= a …

vosāṭitaka →

pts

(food) put down (on cemeteries etc.) for (the spirits of) the departed Vin.iv.89.

wrong spelling for *vossaṭṭhika = v(i) + ossaṭṭha + ika

votthāpeti →

pts

to establish, put up, arrange Ja.vi.583.

= vavatthāpeti

vuttha →

pts

Vuttha1

clothed: not found. More usual nivattha.

pp. of vasati1

Vuttha2

having dwelt, lived or spent (time), only in connection with *[vassa] …

vuṇāti →

pts

*Vuṇāti

The two meanings of the root vṛ; as existing in Sk. are also found in Pāli but only peculiar to the Caus. vāreti (the form aor avari as given by Childers should be re …

vuṭṭha →

pts

(water) shed, rained Pv.i.5#6; Pv-a.29. See also vaṭṭa & vaṭṭha.

pp. of vassati1

vyasana →

pts

misfortune, misery, ruin, destruction, loss DN.i.248; SN.iii.137 (anaya˚); SN.iv.159; AN.i.33 AN.v.156 sq., AN.v.317 (several); Snp.694 (˚gata ruined); Pv.i.6#4 (= dukkha Pv-a.33); Pv.iii.5#6 (= anat …

vyañjana →

pts

  1. (accompanying) attribute, distinctive mark, sign characteristic (cp. anu˚) Snp.549, Snp.1017; Thag.819 (metric viyañjana); Ja.v.86 (viyañjanena under the pretext) Dhs.1306. gihi˚; characteristi …

vācā →

pts

word, saying, speech; also as adj. (-˚) vaca speaking, of such a speech (e.g. duṭṭha˚ Pv.i.3#2, so to be read for dukkha˚)
■ DN.iii.69 sq., DN.iii.96 sq., DN.iii.171 sq. SN.iv.132 …

vāda →

pts

  1. speaking, speech, talk, nearly always-˚, e.g. iti˚; hearsay, general talk MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; kumāraka˚; child-talk or childish talk i.e. in the manner of talking to a child SN.ii.21 …

vādin →

pts

adjective (-˚) speaking (of), saying, asserting, talking; professing, holding a view or doctrine; arguing. Abs. only at AN.ii.138 (cattāro vādī four kinds of disputants); Snp.382 (ye vā pi c’aññe vād …

vāha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. carrying, leading; a leader, as in sattha˚; a caravan leader, merchant Ja.i.271; Vv.84#7 Vv.84#20; Vv-a.337.
  2. a cart, vehicle; also cartload Snp.p.126 (tila˚ = tila-sakaṭa Snp …

vāhana →

pts

…(udaka˚-rajju); Ja.i.136 (kaṭṭha˚ gathering fire-wood); Pv-a.127 (ratha-yuga˚). 2. (nt.) conveyance, beast of burden, monture Vin.i.277…

vāla →

pts

…Vin.ii.195 = Ja.v.335 (pahaṭṭha-kaṇṇavāla with bristling ears & tail, of an elephant); Ja.v.274 (so read for…

vāsa →

pts

Vāsa1

clothing; adj. (-˚) clothed in Ja.vi.47 (hema-kappana-vāsase).

vas to clothe, see vasati1

Vāsa2

  1. living, sojourn, life Snp.191; Mhv …

vāseti →

pts

Vāseti1

Caus. of vasati2 (q.v.).

Vāseti2

to perfume, to clean or preserve by means of perfumes, to disinfect (?) Vin.i.211 (here in the sense of “preserve, cure,” …

vāta →

pts

wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2 groups: “internal and “external” winds, or the ajjhattikā vāyo-dhātu (wind category), and the bāhirā. They are discussed at Vb.84, quoted a …

vīthi →

pts

  1. street, way, road, path, track AN.v.347, AN.v.350 sq.; Vv.83#6; Ja.i.158 (garden path); Ja.v.350 (dve vīthiyo gahetvā tiṭṭhati, of a house); Ja.vi.276 (v and raccha); Dhp-a.i.14; Vv-a.31; Pv-a …

vīthika →

pts

adjective (-˚) having (as) a road Mil.322 (satipaṭṭhāna˚, in the city of Righteousness).

fr. vīthi

vūpakaṭṭha →

pts

…used of time), or = vavakaṭṭha, with which it is identical in meaning. Cp. also BSk. vyapakṛṣṭa Avs.i.233;…

vūpakāseti →

pts

…to cause to distract or draw away Vin.i.49; Vin.iv.326
pp vūpakaṭṭha.

Caus. of vavakassati

ya →

pts

…Mahāpajāpati-gotamiyā aṭṭha garudhammā paṭiggahitā tad eva sā upasampannā); Vb-a.387
yad-atthaṃ for what,…

yadi →

pts

indeclinable

  1. as conjunction: if; constructed either with pres. indic., as: Snp.189; “yadi bodhiṃ pattuṃ icchasi” Ja.i.24 (v. 167); “yadi dāyako dānaṃ deti… etaṃ bījaṃ hoti” Pv-a.8; or pot.; o …

yahiṃ →

pts

adverb where, wherever Mhvs.15, Mhvs.209 (corresp. to yattha in v. 210).

after kuhiṃ

yakkha →

pts

…threatens to slay Ambaṭṭha with an iron hammer, if he does not answer the Bhagavā. He is represented as hovering in the air; Bdhgh….

yapana FIXME double →

pts

Yāpana & yapana

(nt.) keeping going, sustenance, feeding, nourishment existence, living. Esp. in one standing combn respecting the feeding and keeping of the body “*kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāy …

yapeti FIXME double →

pts

Yāpeti & yapeti

  1. (lit.)-
    1. in caus.intensive as well as intrs. sense; in the latter also with short ă; as yapeti and then combined with yāpeti, in …

yasa →

pts

Yaso & Yasa

neuter glory, fame, repute success, high position. On term as used with ref. to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129. The prevailing idea of Dhammapāla is that yaso consist …

yaso →

pts

Yaso & Yasa

neuter glory, fame, repute success, high position. On term as used with ref. to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129. The prevailing idea of Dhammapāla is that yaso consist …

yathā →

pts

adverb as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of)
■ As prep. (with acc.): according (to some condition, norm or rule): yathā kāmaṃ (already Vedic) according to his desire …

yato →

pts

adverb wherefrom, by which, out of which

  1. (local) from where DN.i.240 (uggacchanti candima-suriyā; opp. yattha where).
  2. (temporal) whence since, when, from which time Vv-a.344 (yato paṭṭhāya). …

yatra →

pts

adverb in which, where, since; only in phrase yatra hi nāma (in emphatic exclamations) with Fut. “as indeed, inasmuch as, that” SN.ii.255 (ñāṇabhūtā vata sāvakā y. h. n. savako ñassati etc.); Ja.i.5 …

yattha →

pts

adverb rel. adv. of place “where,” at which spot occasionally “at which time,” when; with verbs of motion = “whereto.”-DN.i.240 (whither); Snp.79, Snp.170 (here closely resembling yatra in meaning …

yañña →

pts

…colleagues by consent; (8) aṭṭhangāni of a king-sacrificer; (4) cattār’ angāni of a purohita.

The term…

yebhuyya →

pts

abundant, numerous, most. Not found as adj. by itself, except in phrase yebhuyya-vasena mostly, as a rule Thag-a.51 and Pv-a.136, which is identical with the usual instr. *[yebhuyyena](/define/ye …

yebhuyyasikā →

pts

lit. “according to the majority,” i.e. a vote of majority of the Chapter; name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathas, or means of settling a dispute
■ Vin.ii.84 (anujānāmi bh. adhikaraṇaṃ yebhuyyasik …

yogin →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (-˚) applying oneself (to), working (by means of), using Vism.70 (hattha˚ & patta˚ using the hand or the bowl but translation p. 80: “hand-ascetic” & “bowl-ascetic”).
  2. one who …

yojanā →

pts

(grammatical) construction; exegesis, interpretation; meaning Kp-a.156 Kp-a.218, Kp-a.243; Snp-a.20, Snp-a.90, Snp-a.122 sq., Snp-a.131 sq., Snp-a.148, Snp-a.166, Snp-a.177, Snp-a.248, Snp\ …

yuddha →

pts

war, battle, fight DN.i.6 (daṇḍa˚ fighting with sticks or weapons); Ja.iii.541 (id.) Snp.442 (dat. yuddhāya); Ja.vi.222; Mil.245 (kilesa˚ as pp.: one who fights sin); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.45 (˚atthaṃ for the …

yuga →

pts

…Practically the same as “aṭṭha purisa-puggalā.” Referring to “pairs of sins (so the C.) in a somewhat doubtful passage at Ja.i.374 sa…

yuñjati →

pts

(lit.) to yoke; (fig.) to join with (instr. or loc.), to engage in (loc.), to exert oneself, to endeavour. All our passages show the applied meaning, while the lit. meaning is only found in the Caus …

yāna →

pts

…of the Path: magg’ aṭṭhangika-yāna (-yāyinī) Thig.389 (= aṭṭhangika-magga-sankhāta ariya-yāna Thag-a.257); and…

yānaka →

pts

(small) cart, carriage, waggon, vehicle Ja.iii.49 (˚ṃ pūretvā, or a hunter’s cart); Ja.iv.45; Dhp-a.i.325 (sukha˚), Dhp-a.i.391 (pakati˚, an ordinary waggon) -ṃ pājeti to drive a cart Ja.ii.112, …

yānikata →

pts

made a habit of, indulged in, acquired, mastered (cp. expln Pts.i.172 “yattha yattha ākankhati tattha tattha vasippatto hoti balappatto etc.”). The expression is to be compared with *yatānu …

yāpana →

pts

Yāpana & yapana

(nt.) keeping going, sustenance, feeding, nourishment existence, living. Esp. in one standing combn respecting the feeding and keeping of the body “*kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāy …

yāpeti →

pts

Yāpeti & yapeti

  1. (lit.)-
    1. in caus.intensive as well as intrs. sense; in the latter also with short ă; as yapeti and then combined with yāpeti, in …

yāva →

pts

adverb

  1. (as prep.) up to (a point), as far as, how far so far that (cp. tāva I), both temporal and local, used either with absolute form of noun or adj. (base), or nom., or abl. or *acc …

yāvant →

pts

pronoun, relative

  1. yāvant as adj.: as many (as) Dhp.337 (hāvant’ ettha samāgatā as many as are assembled here); Ja.v.72 (yāvanto uda-bindūni… tāvanto gaṇḍū jāyetha; C. on p. …

yāvatā →

pts

indeclinable lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto “as far as the abodes of beings, as far as heaven, these are the highest these are the best, I mean the Arahants.” SN.iii.84 yāvatā dhammā sankhatā vā asankhatā …

yāyin →

pts

…(f.) Thig.389 (maggaṭṭhangika˚ having ascended the carriage of the 8-fold Path; explained by “ariya-yāyena nibbāna-puraṃ…

yūsa →

pts

  1. juice Vin.i.206 (akaṭa˚ natural juice); Mhvs.28, Mhvs.26; Vv-a.185 (badara˚ of the jujube); Vism.195 (seda sweaty fluid).
  2. soup, broth. Four kinds of broths are enumerated at MN.i.245, viz. *mug …

ñāṇa →

pts

…are specified at Cnd.266 as aṭṭhasamāpatti-ñāṇa (consisting in the 8 attainments, viz jhāna & its 4 succeeding developments), pañc’…

ācikkhati →

pts

…deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati etc., e.g. Mnd.271; Cnd.465; Vism.163
■ attānaṃ ā. to disclose one’s identity…

ādicca →

pts

the sun SN.i.15, SN.i.47; SN.ii.284; SN.iii.156; SN.v.44, SN.v.101; AN.i.242; AN.v.22, AN.v.263, AN.v.266 sq.; Iti.85; Snp.550 Snp.569, Snp.1097 (“ādicco vuccati suriyo” Cnd.125); Dhp-a.iv.143; Sdhp. …

āgata →

pts

  1. come, arrived Mil.18 (˚kāraṇa the reason of his coming); Vv-a.78 (˚ṭṭhāna); Pv-a.81 (kiṃ āgat’attha why have you come here) come by, got, attained (˚-) AN.ii.110 = Pp.48 (˚visa); Mhvs.xiv.28 (˚p …

āhiṇḍati →

pts

to wander about, to roam, to be on an errand, to be engaged in (w. acc.) Vin.i.203 (senāsana-cārikaṃ), Vin.i.217; Vin.ii.132 (na sakkoti vinā daṇḍena āhiṇḍituṃ); Vin.iv.62; Ja.i.48 Ja.i.108, Ja.i.239 …

āhāratthaṃ →

pts

the state of being food. In the idiom āhārattaṇ pharati; Vin.i.199, of medicine, ʻto penetrate into food-ness’, to come under the category of food Mil.152, of poison, to turn into food. [According to …

ājāniya →

pts

Ājāniya (ājānīya)

adjective noun of good race or breed; almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse (cp. assājāniya under assa3).

  1. ājāniya (the more common & younger Pāli f …

ājānīya →

pts

Ājāniya (ājānīya)

adjective noun of good race or breed; almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse (cp. assājāniya under assa3).

  1. ājāniya (the more common & younger Pāli f …

ājīva →

pts

…(ariyaṭṭhangika).

  • -pārisuddhi purity or propriety of livelihood Mil.336 Vism.22 sq.,…

ākāsa →

pts

…a game, playing chess ʻin the air’ (sans voir) Vin.ii.10 = DN.i.6 (= aṭṭhapada-dasapadesu viya ākāse yeva kiḷanaṃ DN-a.i.85).

ālimpeti →

pts

Ālimpeti1

to smear, anoint Vin.ii.107; SN.iv.177 (vaṇaṃ)
caus 2 ālimpāpeti Vin.iv.316
pass ālimpīyati Mil.74 & ālippati Dhp-a.iv.166 (variant reading for lippati)
pp *[ālitta] …

āmasati →

pts

…grd. āmassa Ja.ii.360 (an˚) and āmasitabba id. (Comm.)
pp āmaṭṭha & āmasita; (q.v.).

ā + masati fr. mṛś

āmaṭṭha →

pts

touched, handled Ja.i.98 (an˚); DN-a.i.107 (= parāmaṭṭha); Sdhp.333.

Sk. āmṛṣṭa, pp. of āmasati; cp. āmasita

āmutta →

pts

having put on, clothed in, dressed with, adorned with (always ˚-) DN.i.104 (˚mālābharaṇa); Vin.ii.156 = Vv.20#8 (˚maṇi-kuṇḍala); SN.i.211; Ja.iv.460; Ja.v.155; Ja.vi.492; Vv.72#1 (= paṭimukka); Vv.8 …

ānantarika →

pts

Ānantarika & ˚ya

without an interval, immediately following, successive Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.212; Pp.13; Dhs.1291.

  • -kamma “conduct that finds retribution without delay (*Kvu trsl. …

ānantariya →

pts

Ānantarika & ˚ya

without an interval, immediately following, successive Vin.i.321; Vin.ii.212; Pp.13; Dhs.1291.

  • -kamma “conduct that finds retribution without delay (*Kvu trsl. …

āpadā →

pts

accident, misfortune distress, DN.iii.190; AN.ii.68 (loc. pl. āpadāsu), AN.ii.187; AN.iii.45; AN.iv.31; Thag.371; Ja.iv.163 (āpadatthā, a difficult form; vv.ll. T. aparattā, āpadatvā, C. aparatthā; ex …

āracayāracayā →

pts

by means of hammering, slashing or beating (like beating a hide) Snp.673 (gloss ārajayārajayā fr. ā + *rañj or *raj)
■ Snp-a.481 explains the passage as follows: ārajayārajayā; i.e. yathā ma …

ārambha →

pts

  1. attempt, effort, inception of energy (cp. Dhs trsl. 15 & K. S. p. 318 giving Commentary defined as kicca, karaṇīya, attha, i.e. 1. undertaking duty, 2. object. SN.i.76 (mah˚); SN.v.66, SN.v.104 …

āsamāna →

pts

adjective wishing, desiring, hoping, expecting Vv.84#6 (kiṃ ā = kiṃ paccāsiṃ santo Vv-a.336); Pv.iv.1#24 (= āsiṃsamāna patthayamana Pv-a.226).

ppr. of āsaṃsati or āsiṃsati, for the usual earlier āsasāna

ātāpin →

pts

adjective ardent, zealous, strenuous, active DN.iii.58, DN.iii.76 sq., DN.iii.141 (+ sampajāna), DN.iii.221, DN.iii.276; MN.i.22 MN.i.56, MN.i.116, MN.i.207, MN.i.349; MN.ii.11; MN.iii.89, MN.iii.128 …

āvijjhana →

pts

(so for āviñchana & āviñjana) adjective noun

  1. (āvijjhati 2) swinging round, hanging loose, spinning in; āvijjhana-rajju a loose, rope, esp. in mythology the swinging or whirling rope by which Sa …

āvudha →

pts

an instrument to fight with, a weapon, stick etc. DN.iii.219; MN.ii.100; AN.iv.107, AN.iv.110; Snp.1008; Ja.i.150; Ja.ii.110; Ja.iii.467; Ja.iv.160, Ja.iv.283, Ja.iv.437; Nd ii. on Snp.72; Mil.8, Mil. …

āyāma →

pts

…soḷasahatthaṃ āyāmena aṭṭhahatthaṃ vitthārena), Mil.282 (ratanaṃ catuhatth’āyāmaṃ); Vism.205 (+ vitth˚) Khb 133 (+…

āḷhaka →

pts

certain measure of capacity, originally for grain; in older texts usually applied to a liquid measure (udaka˚). Its size is given by Bdhgh. at Snp-a.476 as follows: “cattāro patthā āḷhakāni doṇaṃ etc …

āṭhapanā →

pts

at Pp.18 & variant reading at Vb.357 is to be read; aṭṭhapanā (so T. at Vb.357).

ūna →

pts

…one less, e.g. ekūna-aṭṭhasataṃ (799) Ja.i.57; ekūna-pañcasate Kp-a.91 ekūna-vīsati (19) Vism.287; eken’ūnesu pañcasu…

ḍasati →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.358
pp daṭṭha; cp. also dāṭhā & saṇḍāsa.

cp. Sk. da ati & daṃśati, Gr.; δάκνω, Ohg….

ḍaṭṭha →

pts

bitten Pv-a.144.

pp. of daṃśati or dasati to bite

ṭhapeti →

pts

to place, set up, fix, arrange, establish; appoint to (c. loc.); to place aside, save, put by, leave out Vin.ii.32 (pavāraṇaṃ), Vin.ii.191 (ucce & nīce ṭhāne to place high or low), Vin.ii.276 (pavāraṇ …

ṭhāna →

pts

(ṭṭhāna) neuter

I. Connotation

As one of the 4 iriyāpathā (behaviours)

  1. contrasted (a) as standing position with sitting or reclining (b) as rest with motion.
  2. by itself without parti …

ṭhāyin →

pts

adjective noun standing, being in, being in a state of (-˚), staying with, dependent on (with gen.) pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyin “being in a state of one to whom it has arisen,” i.e. one who has got the idea of …

ādibrahmacariyika →

bodhirasa

fundamental to the holy life, essential to the spiritual path

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

vepulla →

bodhirasa

full development, maturity

AN 1.11 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando uppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yatha'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṃ

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

pāripūri →

bodhirasa

fulfilment, completion, culmination, maturity

AN 7.65 hirīottappasuttaṃ

tassa papaṭikā'pi pāripūriṃ gacchati taco'pi pheggu'pi sāro'pi pāripūriṃ gacchati

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

paṭiladdha →

bodhirasa

obtained, received

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

appaṭiladdha →

bodhirasa

unobtained, not received

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

hetu →

bodhirasa

reason, cause, condition, sake (of)

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu?

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

aṭṭhime →

bodhirasa

these eight

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

bhiyyobhāva →

bodhirasa

growth, increase, multiplication

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

tattha appasannā c'eva pasīdanti, pasannānañ'ca bhiyyobhāvo hoti.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha?

abhiramati →

bodhirasa

enjoys, delights (in), takes pleasure (in)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. katame aṭṭha?

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ekāsanassa sikkhetha, samaṇ'ūpāsanassa ca, ekattaṃ monam'akkhātaṃ, eko ce abhiramissasi, atha bhāhisi dasadisā.

purisapuggala →

bodhirasa

individual, individual person

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko'ti.

añjalikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

worthy of reverence, lit. should make anjali to

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.

dakkhiṇeyya →

bodhirasa

worthy of gifts, worthy of offerings

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ, mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

dasa →

bodhirasa

ten (10)

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

seyyathā'pi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabb'ākāraparipūro cā'ti.

dhamma →

bodhirasa

quality, characteristic

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. katame aṭṭha?

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca

dvādasa →

bodhirasa

twelve (12)

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

seyyathā'pi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā

kukkuṭī →

bodhirasa

hen, chicken

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

seyyathā'pi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā

odanta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “o”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

3. tatth'o'd'antā-sarā aṭṭha.

okāra →

bodhirasa

letter “o”, 8th letter of the alphabet, gutturo-labial vowel

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha akkharesu okāra-antā aṭṭha sarā nāma.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare pare, anta-okāra-ukārānaṃ kvaci vo ādeso hoti.

okāranta →

bodhirasa

ending with the letter “o”

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha akkharesu okār'antā aṭṭha sarā nāma.

pakkha →

bodhirasa

lunar phase, fortnight, half-month

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

imasmiṃ utumhi aṭṭha uposatha. iminā pakkhena eko uposatho sampatto, dve uposathā atikkantā, pañca uposathā avasiṭṭhā.

purisayuga →

bodhirasa

pair of people

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

pāhuneyya →

bodhirasa

worthy of hospitality, lit. should be received as guests

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.

sara →

bodhirasa

vowel, lit. sound

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

3. tatth'o'd'antā-sarā aṭṭha.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

pubbam'adhoṭhitam'assaraṃ sarena viyojaye'ti

tvaṃ →

bodhirasa

you

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

yato kho tvaṃ anuruddha ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṃ anuruddha yāva'd'eva ākaṅkhissasi …

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā jātam'eva naṃ saṅghāṭikaṃ kareyyuṃ, saṅghāṭikattam'eva samādapeyyuṃ, ehi tvaṃ, bhadramukha, saṅghāṭiko hohi, saṅghāṭikassa te sato saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīyissati

anta →

bodhirasa

ending with, finishing with

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha akkharesu okār'antā aṭṭha sarā nāma.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare pare antassa ekārassa kvaci yo ādeso hoti.